Skip to main content

Full text of "Annual catalogue : 1901 : seeds, poultry and bee supplies, stock foods"

See other formats


Historic,  Archive  Document 

Do  not  assume  content  reflects  current 
scientific  knowledge,  policies,  or  practices. 


CATALOGUE 

SEEDS 


Bee  and  Poultry  Supplies 

_ STOCK  FOODS 

- -AND 

FERTILIZERS  ^ 


SEATTLE, 


WASH 


GENERAL  INSTRUCTIONS 

...FOR... 

ORDERING  BY  MAIL 


What  We  Do 


WE  TAKE  THE  RISK 


-We  guarantee  that  all  money 
sent  us  by  Postoffice  or  Express 
Companies,  Money  Order,  Bank  Drafts,  Bills,  or  Coin  by 
Registered  Letter,  will  reach  us.  We  will  not  be  respon- 
sible for  Coin  sent  in  an  ordinary  letter,  nor  for  postage 
stamps. 

rprr  RY  MAN  -We  send  yEEDS  free  by  mail  at  the 

I IILL  Ul  ITIHIL  prices  named  in  this  Catalogue,  ex- 
cept those  varieties  mentioned.  Some  orders  we  can  send 
by  express  as  cheaply  as  by  mail,  and  if  they  are  large  we 
do  so  prepaid  and  will  notify  the  customer. 

RY  FYPRF^JR — If  goods  are  ordered  sent  by  Express  we 
Ul  LAI  RLOO  cannot  always  prepay  the  charges,  but 
will  send  enough  extra  goods  to  more  than  pay  the  charges. 

IA/F  PIIARANTFF — That  every  package  sent  out  by  us 
1 1 L UUHflHIl  I LL  wju  reach  the  purchaser  in  good 
condition,  and  that  everything  is  exactly  as  ordered.  If  any 
package  is  lost  we  will  send  again. 

U/r  nipU — All  orders  carefully,  in  a manner  to  insure 
II L I HU l\  t]jeir  safe  transit  through  the  mails  to  any 
part  of  the  country. 

WF  FI  I I — orders  as  promptly  as  possible,  and  whep_ 

II  L TILL  any  st0ck  is  not  to  be  had,  we  will  notify  the 
purchaser,  and  if  nothing  else  will  do  we  will  cheerfully  re- 
fund the  money. 


What  Buyers  Should  Do  / 

FORWARD  MONFY- With  or<ier  by  Postoffice  Order, 

I U n II H n U III  U H L I Express  Order,  Bank  Draft  or  by 

Registered  Letter.  Postoffice  Orders  are  much  the  cheapest 
and  safest  way,  and  nearly  all  offices  issue  them. 

^TAMP<J — Please  do  not  send  Stamps  in  payment  for 

0 I Hill  I u 0Pcier  if  it  can  be  avoided,  as  they  often  become 
damp  in  transit  and  stick  together  or  stick  to  the  order, 
which  often  results  in  the  destruction  of  both. 

001  0 OR  ^11  VFR~If  sent  in  a letter  should  be  very 

UULU  Ull  ulLICn  carefully  wrapped  in  strong  paper. 
We  cannot  be  responsible  for  coin  sent  in  letter  unless  the 
letter  is  registered. 

D F Q||R  C — To  write  your  name  and  address  VERY  plainly, 
UL  OUllL  an(i  keep  a copy  of  your  order  that  you  may 
know  when  your  package  arrives  that  all  is  correct. 

PI  FA^F  WRITF — ^our  or<Ier  plainly  and  distinctly  by 

iLLHOL  II  nil  L itgei^  and  not  mixed  up  with  anything 
else  you  may  wish  to  say.  Always  carry  out  the  price  and 
add  up  the  total,  then  deduct  the  discount  as  per  our  offer 
below. 

-We  try  to  fill  all  orders  on  the  day  they 
are  received,  but  this  is  often  made  im- 
possible by  a rush  of  business,  so  don’t  wait  until  you  are 
ready  to  plant  before  ordering. 


ORDER  EARLY 


• ■DISCOUNTS” 

We  make  the  following  discounts  to  those  who  will  get  up  club  orders  or  order  largely  for  their 
own  use: 

Considering  our  very  low  prices  we  thing  this  is  a very  liberal  offer,  and  it  will  surely  pay  anyone 


for  the  trouble  of  forming  a club. 

With  any  order  amounting  to  $1.00  you  may  order  goods  amounting  to $ 1 10 

“ “ “ 2.00  “ “ “ “ 2 25 

4.00  <:  “ “ “ 4 60 

“ “ “ 5.00  “ “ '•  •*  5 75 

“ “ “ 6.00  “ *■  “ “ 7 00 

“ “ “ 10.00  “ “ “ 12  00 

“ “ “ 25.00  ,l  ’•  “ “ 30  00 

“ “ “ 100.00  “ “ " “ 125  00 


These  Discounts  Apply  Only  to  Orders  for  Garden  Seeds 


PLEASE  USE 
THIS 

ORDER  SHEET 


LILLY,  BOGARDUS  & CO.,  Inc. 

SEATTLE,  WASH. 


OFFICES  AND  WAREHOUSE: 

CITY  DOCK,  Foot  of  Main  and  Jackson  Sts. 


RETAIL  SALESROOM. 

814  WESTERN  AVE. 


WR5TI 


DISTINCTLY 


If  you  write  us  for  information  or  prices, 
please  do  not  use  this  order  sheet. 


Date. 


_190l 


Name 


Post  Office. 
County 


Amount  Enclosed 


State. 


Express  or  Freight  Office?. 

( If  different  from  P.  O. ) 


DO  NOT  FORGET  to  add  8c  per  pound  for  postage  when  Peas,  Beans,  and  Corn  are  wanted  by  mail. 


QUANTITY 

NAME  OF  ARTICLES  WANTED 

PRICE 

P 

* 

- 

- 

QUANTITY 

NAME  OF  ARTICLES  WANTED 

PRICE 

• 

Write  here  the  Name  and  Address  of  any  friend  who  would  like  one  of  our  Catalogues. 


NAME 


POST  OFFICE 


COUNTY 


STATE 


Annual 

Catalogue 


Seeds 

1901 

Poultry  and  Bee 
Supplies 

Stock  foods 

Our  1901  Catalogue.  In  presenting  this  Catalogue  of  Seeds,  we  wish  to  call  your  attention  to  a few  important 
facts  which  are  worthy  of  your  consideration.  Seeds  of  the  best  quality  will  often  fail  through  improper  treat- 
ment. Thus,  if  a small  seed  be  sown  so  deeply  that  the  young  plant  cannot  reach  the  surface,  the  seed,  however 
good,  will  fail.  More  failures  result  from  a want  of  proper  knowledge  of  conditions  necessary  to  germination 
than  from  bad  quality  of  seeds  themselves.  These  conditions  are : a proper  temperature,  sufficient  moisture, 
free  access  of  air;  besides  these,  the  soil  must  be  in  proper  condition,  and  present  no  physical  obstacle  to  the 
growth  of  the  young  plant. 

Something  to  Remember,  If  heavy  rains  have  compacted  the  surface  of  the  soil,  and  the  sun  has  baked  it  to 
a hard  crust,  it  will  be  impossible,  even  if  all  other  conditions  are  favorable,  for  the  seedling  plants  to  force 
their  way  through  it,  and  many  perish  from  this  cause  alone.  Seeds  differ  greatly  as  to  the  temperature  required 
for  gerlnination.  Beets,  Cress,  Pease,  etc.,  germinate  radidly  at  a temperature  of  45  degrees;  but  if  Melons  and 
other  seeds  of  that  family,  Bush  or  Pole  Beans,  and  other  plants  of  sub-tropical  origin,  are  sown  under  the  same 
conditions  they  will  be  apt  to  decay,  as  for  their  prompt  germanation  they  require  a heat  of  at  least  60  degrees. 
For  this  reason  many  seeds  fail  yearly  from  too  early  sowing. . The  second  condition,  proper  moisture,  is  likely 
to  be  violated  by  an  excess  rather  than  by  too  little  moisture.  The  proper  amount  is  that  which  a well-drained 
soil  will  naturally  hold.  Free  access  of  air  is  all-important,  and  this  is  interfered  with  by  an  excess  of  water  in 
the  soil.  In  germination  complex  chemical  changes  take  place  in  the  seeds,  in  which  the  air  performs  an  import- 
ant part.  A portion  of  the  seed  is  consumed,  carbonic  acid  gas  being  given  off  in  changing  the  starch  and  other 
sonstituents  of  the  seed  into  nutriment  to  forward  the  growth  of  the  germ  or  embryo  plant,  which  depends  npon 
the  contents  of  the  seed  until  it  has  formed  roots  below-ground  and  leaves  above,  and  is  able  to  sustain  itself. 
Besides  these  conditions,  affecting  the  germination  of  the  seed,  the  young  plants,  after  they  have  made  their 
way  to  the  surface,  are  liable  to  various  accidents;  a sudden  current  of  very  cold  air,  or  a continuous  drying 
wind,  may  check  their  growth,  or  destroy  the  young  plants  altogether. 

More  to  Contend  With.  In  addition,  there  are  numerous  insects,  both  below  and  above  ground,  that  may 
attack  the  plants,  some  of  these  being  so  small  that  they  often  destroy  a crop  before  they  are  discovered.  We 
may  also  mention  the  well-known  tendency  of  many  vegetables  to  revert  to  their  original  types,  notwithstanding 
the  care  of  the  seed-grower;  the  yellow-podded  wax  beans  becoming  green,  the  yellow  and  white  celery  becom- 
ing more  or  less  green,  dwarf  pease  becoming  running  sorts,  etc.,  etc. 

Notice,  While  we  use  the  greatest  possible  care  to  obtain  the  purest  and  most  reliable  seeds,  we  can  give  no 
warranty , expressed  or  implied , as  to  the  description , quality  or  productiveness  of  any  seeds,  bulbs  or  plants  we  send  out  and 
will  not  be  in  any  way  responsible  for  the  crop.  If  the  purchaser  does  not  accept  the  goods  on  these  terms  they  are  to 
be  at  once  returned. 

We  shall  be  gratified  to  receive  any  orders  you  may  send  us,  large  or  small,  and  shall  give  them  our 
prompt  and  most  careful  attention. 

Yours  truly. 


LILLY,  BOGARDUS  & CO.  Inc, 


THE  ESSENTIALS  FOR  A GOOD  VEGETABLE  GARDEN 


I-*  r>  r rt  a r-t  a -ti  n ■ Thorough  preparation  of  the 

PR E PA RAT  ON  ground  Is  of  vital  Importance  In 

raising  good  vegetables;  if  this 
AC  TLJC  PDOI  iMn  work  is  well  done,  all  that  follows 

v r l"t.  bnUUINU  will  be  easier.  The  garden  should 

be  well  plowed  or  spaded,  taking 
care  if  It  is  a clay  soil  that  the  work  is  not  done  when  it  is  too  wet. 
If  a handful  from  the  bottom  of  the  furrow  moulds  with  slight  press- 
ure Into  a ball  which  cannot  be  easily  crumbled  into  fine  earth  again, 
the  soil  is  too  wet,  and  if  plowed  then  will  be  hard  to  work  all  sum- 
mer. The  surface  should  be  made  as  fine  and  smooth  as  possible  with 
the  harrow  or  rake.  It  is  generally  necessary  to  plow  the  whole  gar- 
den at  once,  and  to  do  this  in  time  for  the  earliest  crops;  but  the  part 
which  is  not  planted  for  some  weeks  should  be  kept  mellow  by  frequent 
cultivation.  Stiff  clay  soils  are  frequently  wonderfully  Improved  by 
trenching,  that  Is,  spading  two  feet  deep  in  such  a way  as  to  leave 
the  surface  soil  on  top.  This  is  accomplished  by  digging  a trench  two 
feet  wide  across  one  side,  and  a second  one  adjoining  and  parallel 
with  it  one  spade  deep.  The  remaining  earth  of  the  second  trench  is 
then  thrown  into  the  first  and  covered  with  the  surface  soil  from  a 
third  trench;  the  balance  of  the  third  is  then  thrown  into  the  second 
and  covered  with  the  surface  of  the  fourth;  and  so  on  until  all  is 
worked  over,  when  the  soil  from  the  first  trench  is  used  to  (111  the 
last.  This  is  quite  expensive,  but  often  changes  a soil  where  nothing 
can  be  grown  into  one  producing  the  finest  vegetables,  and  its  effects 
last  for  several  years. 

_ There  is  no  more  prolific  source  of 

bUW  NG  disappointment  and  failure  among  ama- 

teur gardeners  than  hasty,  careless  or 
Tiir  O C C improper  sowing  of  the  seed.  A seed 

I nt  O tl  £.  LJ  consists  of  a minute  plant  minus  the 

roots,  with  a sufficient  amount  of  food 
stowed  in  or  around  it  to  sustain  it  until  it  can  expand  its  leaves, 
form  roots,  and  provide  for  Itself,  the  whole  enclosed  in  a hard  and 
more  or  less  impervious  shell.  To  secure  germination,  moisture,  heat 
and  a certain  amount  of  air  are  necessary.  The  first  steps  are  the 
softening  of  the  hard  outer  shell,  the  developing  of  the  leaves  of  the 
plant  from  the  absorption  of  water,  and  the  changing  of  the  plant 
food  from  the  form  of  starch  to  that  of  sugar.  In  the  first  condition 
the  food  was  easily  preserved  unchanged,  but  the  plant,  with  its  un- 
developed leaves  and  no  roots,  was  incapable  of  using  it,  while  in  its 
sugary  condition  it  is  easily  appropriated,  but  if  not  used  it  speedily 
decays  itself  and  induces  decay  in  the  plant.  A seed,  then,  may  re- 
tain its  vitality  and  remain  unchanged  for  years,  while  after  germina- 
tion has  commenced  a check  of  a day  or  two  in  the  process  may  be 
fatal.  There  is  no  time  from  that  when  the  seed  falls  from  the 
parent  plant  until  it  in  turn  produces  seed  when  the  plant  is  so  sus- 
ceptible of  fatal  injury  from  the  overabundance  or  from  the  want  of 
sufficient  heat  and  moisture  as  between  germination  and  the  forma- 
tion of  the  first  true  leaves,  and  it  is  just  then  that  it  needs  the  aid 
of  a gardener  to  secure  favorable  conditions.  These  are: 

First— A proper  and  constant  degree  of  moisture  without  being 
soaked  with  water.  This  is  secured  by  making  the  surface  of  freshly 
dug  soil  so  fine  and  the  pressing  of  the  soil  over  the  seeds  so  firmly 
with  the  feet  or  the  back  of  the  hoe  that  the  degree  of  moisture  re- 
mains as  nearly  uniform  as  possible. 

Second— A proper  degree  of  heat,  secured  by  sowing  the  seed  when 
the  temperature  of  the  soil  is  that  most  favorable  to  germination. 
Too  high  a temperature  is  as  detrimental  to  some  kinds  as  one  too 
low  is  to  others.  The  proper  temperature  for  each  sort  may  be  learned 
from  a careful  study  of  the  following  pages  and  the  experiences  of 
the  most  successful  gardeners  in  your  vicinity. 

Third— Covering  the  seed  to  such  a depth  that  while  a uniform 
degree  of  heat  and  moisture  is  preserved,  the  necessary  air  can  reach 
the  germinating  seed,  and  the  tiny  stem  push  the  forming  leaves  Into 
the  light  and  air.  This  depth  will  vary  with  different  seeds  and  con- 
ditions of  the  soil,  and  can  be  learned  only  from  practical  experience. 
In  general,  seeds  of  the  size  of  the  turnip  should  be  covered  with  half 
an  inch  of  earth  pressed  down,  while  corn  may  be  an  inch,  beans  an 
inch  to  two  inches,  and  peas  two  to  six  inches  deep. 

Fourth— Such  condition  of  the  soil  that  the  ascending  stem  can 
easily  penetrate  it,  and  the  young  roots  speedily  find  suitable  food. 
We  can  usually  secure  this  by  thorough  preparation  of  the  ground, 
and  taking  care  never  to  sow  fine  seed  when  the  ground  is  wet. 
Occasionally  a heavy  or  long  continued  rain  followed  by  a bright  sun 
will  so  bake  and  crust  the  surface  that  it  is  almost  impossible  for  the 
young  plant  to  find  its  way  through  it,  or  a few  days  of  strong  wind 
will  so  dry  the  surface  that  no  seed  can  germinate.  In  such  cases 
the  only  remedy  is  to  plant  again. 

Not  only  should  every  weed  be  re- 
Olll  TIX/ATIHM  moved  as  soon  as  it  appears,  but  the 
' I VM  I I WIN  crust  which  forms  after  a rain  should  be 
broken  up  and  the  ground  stirred  as  soon 
as  it  is  dry  enough  to  permit  It.  The  more  frequently  and  deeply  the 
soil  is  stirred  while  the  plants  are  young  the  better,  but  as  they  de- 
velop and  the  roots  occupy  the  ground,  cultivation  should  be  shallower 
until  It  becomes  a mere  stirring  of  the  surface.  We  have  seen  hun- 
dreds of  acres  of  vegetables  where  the  yield  and  quality  has  been 
materially  lowered  by  Injudiciously  deep  and  close  cultivation  after 
the  roots  of  the  plants  had  fully  occupied  the  ground. 

For  early  vegetables,  some  provision 
LJf'lT"  RFnQ  for  starting  certain  plants  earlier  than 

1 1 1 can  be  done  in  the  open  air  Is  neces- 

sary; for  this  purpose  nothing  is  bet- 
ter than  a good  hot-bed,  and  its  construction  is  so  simple  and 
the  expense  so  light  that  every  garden  should  have  one.  A hot- 
bed proper  not  only  protects  the  plants  from  the  cold,  but  sup- 
plies bottom  heat.  By  this  term  the  gardener  means  that  the  soil  is 
constantly  kept  several  degrees  warmer  than  the  air  above,  that  being 
the  condition  so  far  as  heat  is  concerned,  which  is  most  favorable  for 
rapid  and  vigorous  growth.  It  Is  evident  that  to  produce  this  we 
must  in  some  way  apply  our  heat  below  the  surface,  and  It  is  usually 
done  by  making  a compact  pile  of  some  fermenting  material  and 
covering  it  with  the  earth  in  which  the  plants  are  to  grow. 

HEATING  MATERIAL. — The  best  heating  material  that  Is  easily 
available  is  fresh  horse  manure,  containing  a liberal  quantity  of  bed- 
ding of  straw  or  leaves.  Such  manure,  if  thrown  into  a loose  pile,  will 
heat  violently  and  unevenly  and  will  soon  become  cold.  What  is  wanted 
in  the  hot-bed  Is  a steady  and  moderate  but  lasting  heat.  To  secure  this 
the  manure  should  be  forked  over,  and  if  dry  watered  and  allowed  to 
stand  a few  days,  and  then  be  forked  over  again,  piled  and  allowed  to 
heat  a second  time,  when,  after  a few  days  more,  it  will  be  ready  for 
use.  The  object  of  this  repeated  forking  over  and  piling  is  to  get  the 
whole  mass  into  a uniform  degree  of  fermentation. 

SASH.— Gardeners  commonly  use  sash  made  especially  for  hot- 
beds and  glazed  with  small  lights  cut  from  odds  and  ends  and 


^JlnJ,shed  at  very  low  rates.  Such  sash  can  usually  be  pro- 
cured in  any  of  our*large  cities,  and  cost  much  less  than  if 
made  to  order.  For  garden  use,  however,  we  much  prefer  a small 
? that  can  be  easily  handled,  and  the  use  of  larger  and  better 
glass.  We  would  recommend  that  the  sash  be  three  by  five  feet,  and 
that  the  glass  be  not  less  than  ten  by  fourteen,  laid  with  not  more 
than  one-quarter  inch  lap.  In  giving  the  order  to  one  unaccustomed 
to  i.t  11  would  be  well  to  state  what  they  are  to  be  used  for, 

and  that  they  need  to  be  made  like  skylight  sash. 

THE  FRAME.— This  may  be  made  of  sound  one-inch  lumber,  the 
back  twelve  to  fourteen  inches  high,  the  front  ten  to  twelve.  It  should 
be  well  fitted  to  the  sash,  so  as  to  leave  as  little  opening  as  possible, 
and  yet  allow  the  sash  to  be  easily  slid  up  and  down,  even  when  the 
frame  Is  quite  wet. 

THE  SOIL,.— This  should  be  light,  rich,  friable.  Any  considerable 
amount  of  clay  in  it  is  very  objectionable.  If  possible  it  should  be 
quite  dry  and  unfrozen  when  put  into  the  bed;  for  this  reason  it  is 
much  better  to  prepare  It  the  fall  before  and  cover  the  pile  with  enough 
coarse  manure  or  straw  to  keep  out  the  frost. 

MAKING  THE  BED. — This  requires  careful  attention,  as  future 
success  depends  largely  upon  the  manner  in  which  this  work  is  done. 
Having  cleared  away  all  snow  and  ice,  build  a rectangular  bed 
one  foot  larger  each  way  than  the  frame  to  be  used  carefully 
shaking  out  and  spreading  each  forkful,  and  repeatedly  treading 
down  the  manure  so  as  to  make  the  bed  as  uniform  as  possible 
In  solidity,  composition  and  moisture.  It  is  of  the  utmost  Im- 
portance that  this  shaking  apart  and  evenly  pressing  down  of  the 
manure  should  be  carefully  and  thoroughly  done;  unless  this  Is  done 
one  portion  will  heat  quicker  than  the  others,  and  the  soil  will  settle 
unevenly,  making  it  impossible  to  raise  good  plants.  The  proper 
depth  of  the  bed  will  vary  with  the  climate,  season  and  the  kind  of 
plants  to  be  raised.  A shallow  bed  will  give  a quick,  sharp  heat  and 
soon  subside;  a deeper  one,  If  well  made,  will  heat  more  moderately 
but  continue  much  longer.  For  general  purposes,  a bed  one  and  a half 
to  two  feet  deep  will  be  the  best. 

The  bed  completed,  (lie  frame  and  sash  may  be  put  on,  and  fresh 
manure  carefully  packed  around  the  outside  to  the  very  top.  (If  the 
weather  is  at  all  severe  this  outside  banking  should  be  replenished  as 
It  settles.)  The  bed  should  then  be  allowed  to  stand  with  the  sash 
partially  open  for  a day  or  two  to  allow  the  steam  and  rank  heat  to 
pass  off.  The  earth  should  then  be  put  on  and  carefully  leveled.  Care 
should  be  taken  that  the  soil  Is  drv  and  friable.  If  wet  or  frozen  soil 
must  be  used  It  should  be  placed'  in  small  piles  until  well  dried  out 
before  spreading.  The  heat  at  first  will  be  quite  violent,  frequently 
rising  to  120  degrees,  but  it  soon  subsides,  and  when  it  recedes  to  90 
degrees  the  seed  may  be  planted.  The  importance  of  using  dry  soil 
and  allowing  the  first  rank  heat  to  pass  off  is  very  great.  Every  sea- 
son thousands  of  hot-beds  fail  of  good  results  from  these  causes,  and 
seedsmen  are  blamed  for  failure  resulting  from  overheat  or  wet  and 
soggy  soil. 

MANAGEMENT  OF  THE  BED.— The  essentials  for  success  are  a 
steady,  uniform  degree  of  heat  and  moisture;  keeping  the  soil  at  all 
times  a few  degrees  warmer  than  the  air,  and  the  careful  “hardening 
off"  (by  exposure  to  the  air  and  diminishing  the  supply  of  water) 
of  the  plants  before  transplanting  into  the  open  air.  Simple  as  these 
may  seem  to  be,  there  are  many  difficulties  In  the  way  of  securing 
them,  prominent  among  which  are  overheating  the  air  under  a bright 
sun.  Without  experience  one  would  scarcely  believe  how  quickly  the 
temperature  inside  of  a well-built  hot-house  will  rise  to  90  or  100  de- 
grees upon  a still,  sunny  day,  even  when  the  temperature  outside  Is 
far  below  freezing,  or  how  quickly  the  temperature  will  fall  to  that 
outside  if  upon  a windy,  cloudy  day  the  sash  is  left  open  ever  so 
little;  besides,  such  a rush  of  cold  air  driven  over  the  plants  is  far 
more  Injurious  than  the  same  temperature  when  the  air  is  still. 
Again,  a bed  will  go  several  days  without  watering  when  kept  closed 
during  cloudy  weather,  but  will  dry  up  in  an  hour  when  open  on  a 
sunny  day.  The  details  of  management,  however,  must  be  learned 
by  experience,  but  may  easily  be  acquired  by  one  who  gives  the 
matter  careful  attention,  keeping  constantly  in  mind  the  essentials 
given  above. 

A Is  a simple  construction  of  boards  for  wintering 

COLD  Cabbage,  Lettuce,  Cauliflower,  Brocoll,  etc.,  for 
planting  out  early  In  the  spring. 

CD  A Mr  Select  a dry,  southern  exposure;  form  a frame 

r K A IVI  t from  four  to  six  feet  wide,  and  as  long  as  re- 

quired. The  back  should  be  fourteen,  and  the 
front  six  inches  high,  with  a cross-tie  every  three  feet.  Seeds  of  the 
above  named  vegetables,  sown  in  open  border  early  in  September, 
will  be  ready  to  plant  in  cold  frames  about  the  last  of  October.  The 
soil  should  'be  well  prepared  and  smoothly  raked  before  planting. 
Admit  air  freely  on  pleasant  days,  but  keep  closed  in  severe  weather. 

These  frames  are  particularly  useful  in  the  South,  and  may  be 
covered  more  cheaply  with  cloth  shades  than  by  sash.  The  shades 
are  made  as  follows:  Make  light  but  strong  wooden  frames  to  fit 

over  the  bed,  and  of  a width  to  receive  some  common  brand  of  cotton 
cloth.  The  cloth  may  be  unbleached,  and  should  be  stretched  over 
and  securely  tacked  to  the  frames.  Coating  the  cloth  with  oil,  as  is 
sometimes  recommended,  we  find  is  of  no  advantage,  but  we  have 
found  that  Plant  Bed  Cloth  is  superior  to  ordinary  cloth  for  this 
purpose. 

In  transplanting,  the  main  points  to  be  re- 
TRANS-  garded  are:  Care  in  taking  up  the  plants  so 

as  to  avoid  injury  to  the  roots:  planting  firmly 
Dl  a MTI  M O so  as  to  enable  the  plant  to  take  a secure  hold 

rLAIN  I IlNVj  of  the  soil;  reducing  the  top  to  prevent  evap- 

oration, and  shading  to  prevent  the  hot  sun 
from  withering  and  blighting  the  leaves.  In  transplanting  from  a 
hot-bed,  harden  the  plants  by  letting  them  get  quite  dry  a day  or 
two  before,  but  give  an  abundance  of  water  a few  hours  before  they 
are  taken  out.  It  Is  most  apt  to  be  successful  if  done  Just  at  even- 
ing, or  immediately  before  or  during  the  first  part  of  a rain,  about 
the  worst  time  being  Just  after  a rain,  when  the  ground  being  wet 
It  is  Impossible  to  sufficiently  press  it  about  the  plant  without  its 
baking  hard.  If  water  is  used  at  all,  it  should  be  used  freely,  and 
the  wet  surface  Immediately  covered  with  dry  soil. 

_ The  best  time  to  water  plants  Is  at  sunrise 
WATERING  or  lust  at  evening.  Water  may  be  given  to 
the  roots  at  any  time,  but  should  never  be 
sprinkled  over  the  leaves  in  the  hot  sun,  for  it  will  make  them  blister 
and  cover  them  with  brown  spots  wherever  it  touches.  If  watering 
a plant  has  been  commenced,  keep  on  until  the  necessity  ceases,  or 
more  Injury  than  good  will  result  from  it;  one  copious  watering  is 
better  than  a little  and  oftener.  The  use  of  the  hoe  should  always 
follow  the  watering-pot  as  soon  as  the  ground  becomes  sufficiently 
dry. 


REFERENCE  TABLES 


Quantity  per  acre. 

Artichoke,  1 oz.  to  500  plants 6 oz. 

Asparagus,  1 oz.  to  800  plants 1 lb. 

Asparagus  Hoots  7250 

Barley  2%  bu. 

Beans,  dwaif,  1%  pts.  to  100  feet 

of  drill  1 bu. 

Beans,  pole,  1%  pts.  to  100  hills....  Vz  bu. 

Beet,  garden,  1 oz.  to  100  ft.  of  drill.  7 lbs. 

Beet,  Mangel,  1 oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill  5 lbs. 

Brocoli,  1 oz.  to  5,000  plants 2 oz. 

Broom  Com  10  lbs. 

Brussels  Sprouts,  1 oz.  to  5,000 

plants  2 oz. 

Buckwheat  % bu. 

Cabbage,  1 oz.  to  5,000  plants 2 oz. 

Carrot,  Vi  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill....  2 Vz  lbs. 

Cauliflower,  1 oz.  to-  5,000  plants 2%  oz. 

Celery,  1 oz.  to  15,000  plants 2 oz. 

Chicory  4 lbs. 

Clover,  Alsike  and  White  Dutch' 6 lbs. 


Quantity  of  Seed  Requisite  to  Produce  a 

Quantity  per  acre. 

Clover,  Lucerne,  Large  Red  and 

Crimson  Trefoil  8 lbs. 

Clover,  Medium  10  lbs. 

Collards,  1 oz.  to  5,000  plants 2 oz. 

Corn,  rice  (shelled) 2 qts. 

Com,  sweet,  Vi  pt.  to  100  hills 5 qts. 

Cress,  Vz  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill 12  lbs. 

Cucumber,  1 oz.  to  100  hills 1 to  2 lbs. 

Egg  Plant,  1 oz.  to  2,000  plantB 4 oz. 

Endive,  Vi  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill...  4%  lbs. 

Flax,  broadcast  Vz  bu. 

Garlic,  bulbs,  1 lb.  to  10  ft.  of  drill. 

Gourd,  2 oz.  to  100  hills 

Grass,  Mixed  Lawn 3 to  5 bu. 

Grass,  Orchard,  Perennial,  Rye, 

Red  Top,  Fowl  Meadow  and 

Wood  Meadow  2 bu. 

Grass,  Red  Top,  Fancy  Clean.. 8 to  10  lbs. 

Grass,  Timothy  % bu. 

Grass,  Blue,  Kentucky 2 bu. 


Given  Number  of  Plants  and  Sow  an  Acre 


Quantity  per  acre. 

Grass,  Blue,  English 1 bu. 

Grass,  Hungarian  and  Millet Vz  bu. 

Hemp  Vz  bu. 

Horse  Radish  Roots 15,000  to  20,000 

Kale,  1 oz.  to  5,000  plants 2 oz. 

Kohl  Rabi,  % oz.  to  100  ft.  of  drill.  4 lbs. 

Leek,  Vz  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill 4 lbs. 

Lettuce,  Vi  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill...  3 lbs. 

Martynia,  % oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill.  5 lbs. 
Melon,  Musk,  1 oz.  to  100  hills....  1 to  2 lbs. 

Melon,  Water,  4 oz.  to  100  hills,  1%  to  2 lbs. 

Nasturtium,  2 oz.  to  100  ft.  of  drill.. 15  lbs. 


Okra,  lVz  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill....  8 
Onion  Seed,  Vz  oz.  to  100  feet  of 

drill  4 to  5 

Onion  Seed,  for  Sets 40  to  80 

Onion  Sets,  1 qt.  to  40  ft.  of  drill..  8 
Parsnip,  Vi  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill...  3 
Parsley,  Vi  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill...  3 


Peas,  garden,  1 pint 

drill  * «“• 

Peas,  field  2 bu. 

Pepper,  1 oz.  to  15,000  plants 3 oz. 

Potatoes  8 bd- 

Pumpkin,  Vz  qt.  to  100  hills.... 3 to  4 lbs. 
Radish,  % oz.  to  100  ft.  of  drill,  10  to  12  lbs. 

Rye  H4  bu. 

Salsify,  Vz  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill....  8 lbs. 
Spinage,  Vz  oz.  to  100  feet  of  drill..  8 

Spurry  15 

Summer  Savory  % lb 

Sunflower  3 lbs 

Squash,  Summer,  4 oz.  to  100  hills..  2 lbs 
Squash,  Winter,  8 oz.  to  100  hiUs...  2 

Tomato,  1 oz.  to  4,500  plants 1 

Tobacco,  1 oz.  to  50,000  plants 2 

Turnip,  1 oz.  to  250  feet  of  drill 1 Vz 

Vetches  2 bu. 

Wheat  Hi  bu. 


Weight  of  Various  Articles 


Per  bush. 

Apples  ...48  lbs. 

Apples,  dried  22  lbs. 

Barley  48  lbs. 

Beans  60  lbs. 

Buckwheat  48  lbs. 

Broom  Com  46  lbs. 

Blue  Grass,  Kent’ky.  .14  lbs. 

Blue  Grass,  English.. 24  lbs. 

Bran  20  lbs.. 

Canary  Seed  60  lbs. 


Clover  Seed  

Per  bush. 
...... .60  lbs. 

•Hungarian  

Per  bush. 
. ....50  lbs. 

Potatoes,  heaping 

Per  bush. 

Per  bush. 

. Wheat  60  lbs. 

Corn,  shelled  .. 

56  lbs. 

Millet  ., 

50  lbs. 

measure  . 

Flour,  per  bbl.,  net.  .196  lbs. 

Corn,  on  ear  ... 

70  lbs. 

Oats  

Rape  

50  lbs. 

Salt,  per  bbl 280  lbs. 

Corn  Meal  

50  lbs. 

Osage  Orange  . . . 

Rye  

56  lbs. 

PER  CUBIC  FOOT. 

Charcoal 

22  lbs. 

Orchard  Grass  .. 

14  lbs. 

Red  Top  

14  lbs. 

Hay,  well  settled...  Wz  lbs. 

Cranberries  

40  lbs. 

Onions  

54  lbs. 

Salt,  coarse  

50  lbs. 

Corn,  on  cob,  in  bin.. 22 lbs. 

Dried  Peaches  . 

28  lbs. 

Peach  Pits  

48  lbs. 

Salt,  Michigan  . . 

56  lbs. 

Corn,  shelled,  in  bin.. 45 lbs. 

Flax  Seed  

56  lbs. 

P»as,  smooth  ... 

60  lbs. 

Sweet  Potaoes  ... 

56  lbs. 

Wheat,  in  bin 48  lbs. 

Fowl  Meadow  .. 

12  lbs. 

Peas,  wrinkled  .. 

Timothy  Seed  ... 

45  lbs. 

Oats,  in  bin 25 Vz  lbs. 

Hemp  Seed  

44  lbs. 

Perennial  Rye  .. 

Turnips  

58  lbs. 

Potatoes,  in  bin — 38 Vz  lbs. 

*ln  Chicago  and  all  the 
other  large  seed  markets  of 
the  country  Hungarian  is 
sold  at  48  lbs.  per  bushel, 
so  we  are  compelled  to  con- 
form, and  we  buy  and  sell 
48  lbs.  per  bushel. 


Number  of  Plants  or  Trees  to  the  Acre  at  Given  Distances 


Distance  apart. 

No.  plants. 

Distance  apart. 

No.  plants. 

Distance  apart. 

No.  plants. 

Distance  apart 

No.  plants. 

12  x 1 

Inches  

522,720 

24x24 

Inches  

10,890 

36x36 

Inches  

4,840 

60  x 60 

Inches  

1,743 

12  x 3 
12x12 

Inches  

Inches  

174,240 

43.560 

30  x 1 
30  x 6 

Inches  

Inches  

209,088 

34,848 

42  x 12 
42x24 

Inches  

Inches  

12,446 

6,223 

8 x 3 

Feet  

Feet  

5,445 

1,815 

16  x 1 

Inches  

392,040 

30x12 

Inches  

17,424 

42x36 

Inches  

4,148 

8 x 8 

Feet  

680 

18  x 1 

Inches  

348,480 

30  x 16 

Inches  

13,068 

48x12 

Inches  

10,890 

10  x 1 

beet  

4,356 

18  x 3 

1..CUC3  

116,160 

30x20 

Inches  

10,454 

48x18 

Inches  

7,790 

10  x 6 

Feet  

726 

18x12 

Inches  

29,040 

30  x 24 

Inches  

8,712 

48x24 

Inches  

5.445 

10  x 10 

Feet  

435 

18x18 

Inches  

19,360 

30  x 30 

Inches  

6,970 

48x30 

Inches  

4.356 

12  x 1 

Feet  

3.630 

20  x 1 

Inches  j.. 

313,635 

36  x 3 

Inches  

58,080 

48x36 

Inches  

3,630 

12  x 5 

beet  

736 

20x20 

Inches  

15,681 

36x12 

Inches  

14,520 

48x48 

Inches  

2,723 

12  x 12 

Feet  

302 

24  x 1 

Inches  

281.360 

36x18 

Inches  

9,680 

60x36 

Inches  

2,901 

16  x 1 

Feet  

2,722 

24  x 18 

Inches  

15'520 

36x24 

Inches  

7,260 

60x48 

Inches  

2,178 

16  x 16 

Feet  

170 

ARTICHOKE 

French,  Artlchaut.  German,  Artischoke. 

Culture.— Sow  in  hot-beds  and  transplant  Into  pots,  or  so  as  to 
give  plenty  of  room,  until  danger  of  frost  is  over,  and  then  set  In 
very  rich  ground.  In  rows  four  feet  apart  and  two  feet  apart  in  the 
rows;  or  the  plants  can  be  raised  in  seed  beds  out  of  doors,  but  in 
that  case  will  not  be  likely  to  produce  heads  the  first  year.  The 
edible  portion  is  the  undeveloped  flower  heads,  which  will  be  pro- 
duced about  September  1st,  and  until  frost.  Late  in  the  fall  cut  off 
the  old  tops  and  protect  the  crown  with  leaves  or  straw  to  prevent 
severe  freezing.  The  second  year  they  will  commence  to  form  heads 
about  July  1st.  The  plants  may  also  be  .blanched  like  Cardoons, 
which  is  accomplished  by  cutting  back  the  growing  stems  in  July, 
close  to  the  ground,  when  the  young  and  rapidly  growing  shoots, 
which  start  up  after  cutting,  may  be  tied  and  blanched  like  Celery. 
As  Artichoke  plants  do  not  yield  satisfactorily  after  three  or  four 
years,  it  is  best  to  start  a new  plantation  in  three  years  at  least. 

Large  Globe — The  best  sort  for  table  use.  Buds  large,  nearly 
round;  scales  deep  green,  shading  to  purple,  very  thick  and 
fleshy.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  % lb  75c,  1 lb  $2.75. 

Jerusalem — Grown  exclusively  for  its  tubers,  which  some- 
what resembles  potatoes  and  are  cultivated  in  a similar  manner, 
only  that  the  rows  should  be  at  least  four  feet  apart  when  grow- 
ing in  strong  soil.  It  is  enormously  productive,  producing  1,500 
bushels  per  acre.  It  is  used  mostly  in  feeding  sheep  and  hogs. 
Peck  40c,  bu  $1. 

ASPARAGUS 

French,  Asperge.  German,  Spargel. 

Asparagus  is  one  of  the  earliest  spring  vegetables,  and  would 
be  in  universal  use  were  it  not  for  the  prevalent  idea  that  it  is 
difficult  to  grow  it.  We  think  this  is  a mistake,  and  that  there 
is  no  vegetable  on  our  list  that  can  be  produced  so  cheaply  and 
easily  as  this.  It  delights  in  moist,  sandy  soil,  but  can  be  grown 
in  any  garden  by  following  the  directions  given  below.  A bed 
15x50  feet,  requiring  50  to  75  plants,  should  give  an'"*abundant 
supply  for  an  ordinary  family. 

Culture.— Prepare  a light,  rich  spot  as  early  as  possible  in  the 
spring.  Pour  boiling  water  on  the  seed  and  pour  it  off  at  once,  and 
sow  in  drills  one  foot  apart  and  two  inches  deep.  When  the  plants 
are  well  up,  thin  to  two  or  three  inches  in  the  row,  and  give  fre- 
quent and  thorough  cultivation  during  the  summer.  If  this  has 
been  well  done,  the  plants  will  be  fit  to  set  next  spring.  The  per- 
manent beds  should  be  prepared  by  deep  ploughing  or  spading,  and 
thoroughly  enriching  the  ground  with  stable  manure  or  other  fer- 
tilizers. If  the  subsoil  is  not  naturally  loose  and  friable,  it  should 
be  made  so  by  thoroughly  stirring  with  a subsoil,  plow  or  the  spade. 
Make  rows  five  feet  apart  and  four  inches  deep  and  set  the  plants 
In  the  bottom  of  the  rows  two  to  three  feet  apart,  the  latter  dis- 
tance being  preferable.  Cover  the  roots  about  two  inches  deep. 
After  the  plants  are  well  started,  give  frequent  and  thorough  culti- 
vation, and  draw  a little  earth  into  the  furrows  at  each  hoeing  until 


they  are  filled.  Early  the  next  spring  spade  in  a heavy  dressing  of 
manure,  and  one  quart  of  salt  to  each  square  rod,  and  cultivate  well 
until  the  plants  begin  to  die  down.  The  next  season  the  bed  may  be 
cut  over  two  or  three  times,  but  if  this  is  done  all  the  short  shoots, 
no  matter  how  small,  should  be  cut,  and  after  the  final  cutting  give 
a good  dressing  of  manure,  ashes  and  salt.  The  next  season,  and 
ever  after  that,  the  bed  should  give  a full  crop  and  be  annually 
dressed  with  manure,  ashes  and  salt  after  the  last  cutting,  and  well 
but  not  deeply  cultivated,  until  the*  plants  occupy  the  whole  space. 
In  the  autumn,  as  soon  as  the  tops  are  ripe  and  yellow,  they  should 
be  cut  and  burned.  The  plants  may  also  be  set  in  autumn,  if  the 
ground  is  so  well  drained  that  water  will  not  stand  on  it.  Winter 
protection  with  coarse  litter  or  manure  is  not  needed,  except  in  the 
extreme  north. 

Columbian  Mammoth  White — We  believe  this  to  be  the  most 
distinct  and  valuable  variety  in  cultivation.  Not  only  are  the 
stalks  of  the  largest  size,  but 
they  are  produced  abund- 
antly and  very  early.  They 
are  clear  white,  and  remain 
so  in  favorable  weather,  un- 
til three  or  four  inches  above 
the  surface.  The  crown  or 
bud  of  the  young  stalk  is  con- 
siderably smaller  than  the 
part  just  below  it;  thus  still 
further  distinguishing  the  va- 
riety. Wherever  known  this 
sort  commands  an  extra 
price,  not  only  on  a fancy 
market,  but  from  canners, 
who  find  that  when  put  up, 
under  a special  brand,  it  sells 
f so  readily  at  a high  price  as 
,2  to  warrant  them  paying  the 
R grower  an  extra  price  for  it. 
N From  ten  to  twenty  per  cent 
[I  of  the  plants  grown  from 
[ seed  will  produce  green 
j shoots,  but  these  plants  can 
be  readily  distinguished  and 
rejected  when  setting  the  permanent  bed.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  35c. 

Conover’s  Colossal — A mammoth  green  sort  of  the  largest 
size  and  of  good  quality.  The  best  of  the  old  kinds.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  1 lb  50c. 

Palmetto — A sort  which  has  proven  very  popular  with  many 
gardeners;  produces  a moderate  number  of  shoots,  but  these 
are  very  large  and  of  the  finest  quality.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  50c, 
1 lb  $1.25. 

3 


BEANS 


Dwarf,  ISnsh  or  Snap 


French,  Haricot.  German,  Bohne. 

Under  this  name  are  classed  all  the  low  growing  sorts  called 
in  different  catalogues  Bush,  Bunch,  Snap,  String  or  Dwarf 
Beans. 

Culture.— No  crop  responds  more  readily  to  good  soil  and  cultiva- 
tion than  this.  The  soil  best  adapted  to  them  is  a light,  rich,  well- 
drained  loam,  which  was  manured  for  the  previous  crop.  If  too 
rank  manure  is  used  It  is  apt  to  make  them  grow  too  much  to  vine. 
They  are  all  extremely  sensitive  to  both  drouth  and  wet,  and  it  Is 
useless  to  plant  them  before  the  ground  has  become  dry  and  warm. 
The  largest  return  will  result  from  planting  in  drills  about  three 
feet  apart,  and  leaving  six  plants  to  a foot  in  the  row.  Up  to  the 
time  of  blossoming  they  should  have  frequent  shallow  cultivation, 
but  any  cutting  of  the  roots  after  the  plants  come  Into  bloom  Is 
liable  to  cause  the  blossoms  to  blast,  and  so  cut  off  the  crop.  Re- 
member that  beans  should  always  be  cultivated  very  shallow,  and 
that  it  is  useless  to  expect  a crop  from  a field  so  poorly  prepared  as 
to  need  deep  stirring  after  planting. 

From  one  pint  to  two  quarts  will  be  sufficient  to  furnish  a supply 
for  an  ordinary  family,  and  varieties  should  be  selected  so  as  to  give 
a succession  both  of  string  and  green  shelled  beans.  The  wax  podded 
beans  are  particularly  liable  to  run  "off”  into  green  podded  plants, 
and  it  requires  constant  attention  and  skillful  selection  by  seedsmen 
to  keep  them  pure,  so  that  it  Is  especially  Important  to  buy  only 
from  reliable  sources. 

Challenge  Dwarf  Black  Wax — Extra  early.  The  feature,  as 
an  extra  early  sort,  is  that  when  one  can  find  in  other  kinds  an 
occasional  very  early  plant,  all  the  plants  of  the  Challenge  will 
give  a full  picking  of  well  matured  pods.  This  habit  of  ripening 
a large  proportion  of  the  crop  earlier  than  other  kinds,  is  of 
Inestimable  worth  to  market  gardeners  and  all  who  depend  on 
being  first  in  the  market  for  the  best  prices.  The  plants  are 
fully  as  vigorous  as  the  Prolific  German  Wax,  and  in  habit  of 
growth  and  general  appearance  resemble  them.  They  are  not 
quite  so  large  and  are  a little  more  upright,  and  the  leaflets  are 
a little  larger  and  coarser  and  are  darker  green;  pods  fully  as 
large  and  of  as  good  color,  but  are  not  quite  so  much  curved  and 
are  flatter,  though  stringless  and  of  excellent  flavor.  Pkt  10c, 
lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.25. 

Wardwell’s  Kidney  Wax — The  vines  of  this  variety  are  very 
large,  strong  growing,  yield  a large  crop  of  long,  nearly  straight, 
handsome,  very  white  and  wax-like  pods.  They  are  of  good 
quality,  and  on  this  account,  as  well  as  their  beauty  of  form  and 
color,  are  easily  sold.  They  ripen  about  the  same  time  as  the 
Golden  Wax.  The  dry  beans  are  large,  kidney-shaped,  white  with 
dark  markings  about  the  eye.  Market  gardeners  find  this  a 
profitable  variety,  owing  to  the  large  size  and  handsome  color 
of  the  pods.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.25. 

Valentine  Wax — An  Improved  extra  early  Valentine  bean, 
with  round  wax  pods.  A striking  acquisition  has  been  obtained 
in  the  list  of  wax  beans  through  the  introduction  of  this  variety. 
Up  till  now  there  has  been  no  variety  of  such  prominence  among 
wax  beans  that  could  compare  with  that  of  the  Valentine  among 
green  beans.  We  now  have  an  excellent  wax-podded  variety 
possessing  in  a remarkable  degree  the  excellent  features  of  this 
sort.  It  is  very  early  for  a wax  bean.  It  is  handsome  in  appear- 
ance, and  while  it  Is  fair  to  say  that  we  have  not  seen  it  exposed 

4 


to  conditions  conducive  to  the  development  of  rust,  yet  we  think 
it  will  prove  to  be  almost  rustless.  1 lb  20c,  10  lbs  $1.50. 

Improved  Rust-Proof  Golden  Wax — This  bean  has  long  been 
and  still  continues  the  standard  wax  variety  for  general  use,  and 
while  many  varieties  have  been  introduced,  claiming  to  be  su- 
perior in  some  respects  and  aiming  to  replace  it,  they  have  all 
sooner  or  later  been  forced  to  the  rear  as  not  possessing  as  many 
good  qualities  in  as  high  degree.  Vines  medium  size,  erect,  mod- 
erately spreading,  hardy  and  productive,  with  small,  smooth 
leaves,  and  small,  white  blossoms.  Pods  are  long,  nearly  straight, 
broad,  flat,  golden  yellow,  very  fleshy  and  wax-like,  with  short! 
fleshy,  green  point,  cooking  quickly  as  snaps,  shelling  well  when 
green,  and  of  the  highest  quality  in  both  conditions.  Beans 
medium  size,  oval,  white  more  or  less  covered  with  two  shades 
of  purplish  red.  Our  stock  of  this  variety  is  unsurpassed.  Pkt 
10c,  1 lb  12c,  10  lbs  $1.00. 


Speckled  Wax — As  the  merits 
of  this  splendid  variety  become 
known  it  is  coming  more  and 
more  into  favor  as  a late  crop 
wax  bean.  It  is  the  best  sort  to 
follow  Challenge,  Black  Wax, 
Golden  Wax,  Prolific  Wax  for  a 
succession.  Vines  large,  much 
branched,  upright,  extremely 
hardy,  vigorous  and  great  pro- 
ducers; leaves  large  and  coarse, 
resembling  Kidney  Wax.  Pods 
long,  cylindrical,  crisp,  tender, 
stringless,  and  of  a clear,  yel- 
lowish. waxy-white  color.  As 
the  pods  mature  they  are  excel- 
lent to  use  as  green  shell  beans. 
Dry  beans,  medium  size  to  large 
long,  straight,  cylindrical;  color 
light  brown,  mottled  and  striped 
with  chocolate  brown.  For  vigor 
of  growth  and  hardiness,  this 
sort  cannot  be  excelled;  as  a 
snap  bean  it  is  of  extra  good 
quality,  and  as  a shell  bean  it  is 
as  good  as  the  best.  As  a gen- 
eral crop  bean,  to  be  used  either 
as  snaps,  green  shelled  or  in  the 
dry  state,  we  can  confidently 
recommend  it.  Owing  to  its 
long,  cylindrical,  very  fleshy 
pods,  we  think  it  will  be  very 
satisfactory  for  canner’s  use. 
Pkt  10c,  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.25. 

German  Black  Wax — Pods  of 
good  size,  almost  round,  with 
slightly  curved  point;  color, 
clear,  waxy  white  or  light 
creamy  golden.  A very  desir- 
able dwarf  variety  that  has  re- 
mained in  favor  for  many  years. 
The  beans  are  black  when  per- 
fectly dry.  1 lb  12c,  10  lbs  $1. 

Crystal  White  Wax — Although 
in  reality  not  a wax  bean,  it  has 
proven  to  be  one  of  the  most 
desirable  varieties  ever  pro- 
duced. It  is  valuable  either  for 
snaps  or  pickles.  The  vines  are 
large,  of  a spreading  habit  and 
very  productive,  having  numer- 
ous runners,  usually  producing 
pods  in  pairs  throughout  their 
entire  length.  The  flowers  are 
rather  small,  of  a yellowish- 
white  shade,  pods  greenish- 
white,  rather  short,  curved  and 
quite  thick.  The  ripe  beans  are 
oval  in  shape  and  of  a pure 
white.  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.25. 


PEAS,  BEANS  AND  CORN,  IF  WANTED  BY  MAIL 
ADD  8 CENTS*PER  POUND 


MERITORIOUS  GREEN  PODDED  BUSH  BEANS 

New  Stringless 
Green  Pod — Is  most 
happily  named,  as  it 
is  quite  unique — the 
only  absolutely 
stringless  green  pod- 
ded bean  in  the  mar- 
ket. The  pod  is 
round,  full,  larger 
and  straighter  than 
those  of  most  other 
varieties.  The  qual- 
ity is  most  superior. 
The  Michigan  State 
Agricultural  College 
Experiment  Station 
writes : “Plants  of 

i medium  growth.  Pod 
4 % to  5%  inches 
long,  nearly  round, 

I slightly  curved,  light 
green  in  color,  flesh 
tender  and  of  the 
best  quality.  The 
pods  remain  long  in 
edible  condition ; 
even  when  the  beans 
are  large,  the  pods 
are  not  stringy.  Val- 
uable for  good  qual- 
ity and  lack  of 

stringiness.”  You  will  make  no  mistake  by  planting  this  splen- 
did new  variety  either  for  family  or  market  purposes.  Pkt  10c, 
% lb  15c,  1 lb  25c,  10  lbs  $2.00. 

Extra  Early  Refugee — The  earliest  strain  of  Refugee  by  ten 
days.  One  of  the  most  profitable  beans  ever  grown.  Loaded 
with  pods  in  any  season,  and  of  a fine  quality.  Grown  by  all 
market  gardeners,  who  are  always  quick  to  pick  up  a good  thing 
and  to  stick  to  it  after  they  once  see  it.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  15c, 
10  lbs  $1.25. 

Improved  Early  Red  Valentine— Is  ten  days  earlier  than  any 
other  stock  of  Valentine  beans  ever  offered.  In  addition  to  this, 
it  is  more  productive,  grows  a stronger  and  more  thrifty  vine, 
and  yields  larger  and  better  filled  pods  than  does  any  other 
strain  of  this  variety.  A single  trial  cannot  but  convince  the 
most  skeptical  that  it  is  all  we  claim.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  15c,  10 
lbs  $1.25. 

Long  Yellow  Six  Weeks,  Improved  Round  Pod — While  this 
variety  does  not  differ  from  the  Early  Yellow  Kidney  Six  Weeks 
in  size  or  general  appearance  of  the  vine,  the  pods  are  shorter, 
very  much  thicker,  more  fleshy.  Moreover,  while  retaining  the 
vigor  and  hardness  of  the  old  sort,  it  is  fully  one  week  earlier. 
Dry  bean,  color  of  ordinary  Six  Weeks,  but  is  much  shorter,  al- 
most round.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.25. 

Early  Mohawk — This  sort  is  so  much  hardier  than  the  others 
that  it  can  be  planted  earlier,  and  often  in  this  way  will  furnish 
beans  fit  for  use  before  any  other  kind.  Vines  large,  stout,  with 
large,  coarse  leaves  which  will  stand  a slight  frost;  blossoms 
large,  purple;  pods  long,  straight,  coarse,  with  long,  tapering 
point;  beans  long,  kidney  shaped,  variegated  with  drab,  purple 
and  brown.  This  variety  is  much  in  favor  for  forcing  under 
glass,  as  it  matures  quickly  and  carries  a good  weight  of  long, 
large  pods.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.25. 

Early  China  Red  Eye — Vines  medium,  stout,  erect,  healthy 
with  large  leaves  and  white  blossoms;  pods  short,  straight,  flat, 
and  if  picked  young,  of  good  quality  as  snaps;  beans  medium 
size,  oblong,  white  with  reddish-purple  blotch  about  the  eye. 
When  green  they  are  thin  skinned,  mealy  and  tender,  and  when 
dry  are  still  the  best  of  all  for  baking;  although  they  cook  dark, 
are  the  best  of  all  in  flavor.  Farmers  who  want  to  plant  a few 
beans  for  home  supply  should  by  all  means  use  this  sort.  Pkt 
10c,  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.00. 

The  Burpee  Bush  Lima — This  is  a bush  form  of  the  well- 
known  large  White1  Kina  "bean.  It  is  very  fixed  in  its  bush  char- 
acter, growing  to  a uniform  height  of  about  20  inches.  While 
not  so  early  as  Henderson’s  Bush  Lima,  its  larger  size  will  com- 
mend it  to  many.  The  pods  are  the  exact  size  of  the  large  Pole 
Limas  and  contain  as  many  beans  of  the  same  delicious  quality. 
Pkt  10c,  1 lb  20c,  10  lbs  $1.80. 

Henderson’s  Bush  Lima  Bean — Magnificent  dwarf-growing 
Lima;  very  early," of~a  delicious  flavor,  extremely  productive  and 
should  be  planted  in  every  garden  in  America.  It’s  early,  it’s 
fine,  it’s  just  the  thing  for  a family  garden.  It  is  wondrously 
prolific.  A package  or  a pint  will  furnish  sufficient  for  a good- 


sized family.  It  is  one  of  those  beans  that  can’t  be  improved 
upon.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  20c,  10  lbs  $1.80. 

POLE  OR  RUNNING  BEANS 

Lazy  Wife — The  most  popular  pole  bean  grown.  Pods  are 
wonderfully  broad,  thick  and  above  all  entirely  stringless.  They 
surpass  any  other  variety  in  the  way  vines  cling  to  the  poles,  and 
every  bean  grower  will  at  once  acknowledge  this  is  a most  im- 
portant qualification.  Pods  are  rather  flattish,  oval  shape,  and 
when  fully  grown  are  from  four  to  six  inches  long,  exceedingly 
rich,  buttery  and  fine  flavored  when  cooked.  They  are  hardy, 
easily  grown  and  most  productive.  For  an  early  and  late  snap 
sort,  also  as  a dry  shell  or  winter  bean  it  is  unsurpassed,  and 
such  is  the  peculiar  taste  and  pleasing  flavor  of  this  bean  that 
we  have  known  persons  who  would  not  eat  other  varieties  of 
string  beans  after  tasting  Lazy  Wife.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  20c,  10 
lbs  $1.50. 

White  Crease  Back — This  variety  is  especially  valuable  for  its 
extreme  earliness  and  its  habit  of  perfecting  all  of  its  pods  at  the 
same  time.  Vines  small  to  medium,  but  vigorous,  and  in  good 
soil  wonderfully  productive,  bearing  pods  in  clusters  of  from  four 
to  twelve.  Pods  medium  length,  silvery  green,  of  the  best  qual- 
ity as  snaps,  and  stand  shipping  better  than  most  sorts.  The 
beans  are  too  small  to  be  of  much  value  when  shelled  green,  but 
are  of  very  superior  quality  baked.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  20c,  10  lbs  $1.50. 

Kentucky  Wonder — This  splendid  variety,  introduced  by  us  in 
1885,  has  since  been  offered  as  Seek  No  Further,  and  was  intro- 
duced in  1891  as  a novelty  under  the  name  of  Old  Homestead. 
Vine  vigorous,  climbing  well  and  very  productive,  bearing  its 
pods  in  large  clusters;  blossoms  white;  pods  green,  very  long, 
often  reaching  nine  or  ten  inches,  nearly  round  when  young,  and 
very  crisp,  becoming  very  irregular  and  spongy  as  the  beans 
ripen.  Dry  beans  long,  oval,  dun-colored.  An  early  and  very 
prolific  sort,  with  showy  pods  which  are  most  excellent  for  snaps. 
It  is  sometimes  catalogued  as  being  the  same  as  Southern  pro- 
lific, but  this  is  an  error,  as  the  latter  is  two  weeks  later  and  has 
shorter  pods.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs  $1.30. 

Dutch  Case  Knife 

Vines  moderately 
vigorous,  climbing 
well,  but  twining 
more  loosely  than 
some,  and  so  may 
be  used  for  a corn 
hill  bean.  Leaves 
large,  crumpled ; 
blossoms  white; 
pods  very  long, 
flat,  irregular, 
green,  but  becom- 
ing creamy  white; 
beans  broad,  kid- 
ney shapetl,  flat, 
clear  white,  and  of 
excellent  quality, 
green  or  dry.  Pkt 
10c,  1 lb  15c,  10  lbs 
$1.25. 

Large  White  Lima 

Too  late  for  the 
extreme  north,  and 
being  supplanted 
by  Seibert’s  Early 
Lima,  because  the 
latter  is  earlier. 
Vine  tall  growing, 
vigorous,  but  slen- 
der; leaves  medium 
sized,  smooth,  light 
green;  blossoms 
small,  white;  pods 
borne  in  clusters, 
long,  broad,  very 
thin,  dark  green; 
beans  large,  ovoid, 
kidney  shaped, 
greenish  white,  flat. 
Pkt  10c.  1 lb  15c,  10 
lbs  $1.40. 

King  of  the  Garden 
Lima 

Vine  very  vigor- 
ous and  productive. 
Pods  of  the  largest 
size,  filled  with 
four  or  five  im- 
mense white  beans 
of  the  finest  qual- 
ity. On  account  of 
its  large  pods  it  is 
a favorite  with 
market  gardeners. 
It  will  come  into 
bearing  sooner  and 
will  make  larger 
pods  if  not  more 
than  two  vines  are 
left  to  grow  on  a 
pole.  Pkt  10c,  1 lb 
20c.  10  lbs  $1.50. 


5 


BEETS  AND  MANGEL  WURTZELS 


tender,  sweet,  and  an  excellent  keeper. 


Culture.— The  best  results  are  ob- 
tained on  a deep,  rich,  sandy  loam. 
If  wanted  very  early,  sow  in  hot-beds 
and  transplant,  cutting  off  the  outer 
leaves.  For  general  crop  sow  as  soon 
as  the  ground  will  permit  in  drills 
eighteen  inches  apart  and  thin  out  to 
three  inches  In  the  row.  For  winter 
use  the  turnip  varieties  may  be  sown 
in  June,  and  the  beets  may  be  kept 
by  storing  In  a cellar  and  keeping 
covered  with  sand,  or  sandy  soli,  to 
prevent  wilting,  or  they  may  be  kept 
outdoors  in  pits  such  as  are  used  for 
apples  and  potatoes.  One  or  two 
ounces,  or  single  packets  of  two  or 
three  sorts,  will  give  a good  supply 
for  a large  family.  It  Is  best  to  sow 
In  freshly  prepared  soil,  which  should 
be  pressed  firmly  over  the  seed. 

Edmund’s  Early  Blood  Turnip — 
This  beet  of  American  origin  has 
been  brought  by  careful  selection 
to  a uniformly  smooth  root  and 
small  top.  making  it  among  the 
best  for  early  table  use.  Tops  low, 
small,  spreading;  leaf  stalks  and 
ribs  dark  red ; blade  of  leaf  bright 
green,  and  having  a markedly 
wavy  edge;  roots  dark  red,  interior 
color  purplish-red,  zoned  with  a 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  2 oz  15c,  % lb 


lighter  shade 

20c,  1 lb  50c.  , „ 

Crosby’s  Egyptian — The  name  of  this  variety  is  misleading,  as  it  resembles  the  Egyptian  only 
in  its  extreme  earliness,  the  sort  being  larger,  coarser,  lighter  colored  and  nearer  round  than  flat; 
in  fact,  it  is  more  like  Eclipse  than  Egyptian.  It  Is  one  of  the  best  sorts  for  early  planting  out 
of  doors,  as  it  reaches  a usable  size  sooner  than  any  other  sort,  but  it  is  not  as  well  suited  for 
forcing  in  hot-beds  or  for  transplanting  as  the  Egyptian.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  2 oz  15c,  V\  lb  20c,  lb  55c. 

Extra  Early,  Egyptian  Blood  Turnip— Probably  the  best  variety  for  forcing,  and  is  also  excel- 
lent for  first  early  crop  out  of  doors,  being  very  early,  with  small  top.  Leaf  very  dark  red, 
rounded  on  top,  but  flat  beneath,  with  very  small  tap  roots;  flesh  dark  red;  hard,  crisp  and  tender  when  young, 
but  becoming  woody  with  age.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  V±  lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Early  Eclipse— An  improved  extra  early  sort.  Tops  small,  dark  purplish-green  shading  to  lighter  color  on  out- 
side of  the  leaves.  Roots  nearly  globular,  with  a small  tap  root  and  very  small  collar.  Flesh  dark  red  zoned  with 
a lighter  red;  very  sweet,  crisp  and  tender,  especially  when  young.  One  of  the  most  desirable  sorts  for  bunching. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  ib  20c,  lb  50c.  , . . 

Early  Turnip  Bassano — Not  maturing  as  early  as  the  above,  but  growing  to  a large  size;  may  be  used  early, 
and  is  the  best  variety  to  sow  for  greens.  Tops  large,  leaf  stems  light  red,  leaves  light  green,  roots  large,  round, 
turnip  shaped;  flesh  pink,  zoned  with  white;  very  sweet  and  tender  when  young,  becoming  woody  and  tasteless 
with  age.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Half  Long  Blood— This  is  an  entirely  distinct  variety,  and  by  far  the  best  for  winter  use.  The  roots  are  about 
one-half  as  long  as  the  Long  Dark  Blood,  but  on  account  of  their  thickness  weigh  quite  as  much.  They  are  always 
smooth  and  handsome,  and  their  rich,  dark  red  flesh  is  very  sweet,  crisp  and  tender,  never  becoming  woody,  even  in  portions 
above  the  ground.  We  consider  this  the  most  valuable  among  recent  introduction.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vt  lb  15c,  lb  35c. 


Improved  Long  Dark  Blood — Tops  large,  neck  small,  leaf, 
stems  and  vines  red,  leaf  green,  roots  large,  tapering  towards 
both  ends,  growing  even  with  the  surface,  dark  red;  flesh  dark 
red,  zoned  with  lighter  shade;  very  tender  and  sweet,  and  re- 
maining so  when  kept  till  spring.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  60c. 

Detroit  Dark  Red  Turnip — A grand  beet  for  bunching  for 
market.  Tops  exceptionally  small  and  uniformly  upright;  roots 
are  perfect  turnip  shape  with  small  tap  roots.  The  principal 
fault  with  most  turnip  beets  is  the  occasional  appearance  of 


white  rings,  but  by  careful  selection  this  has  been  overcome,  and 
this  will  be  found  to  be  one  of  the  deepest  red  beets.  Quality  is 
of  the  very  best,  sweet  and  tender.  Gardeners  can  safely  plant 
it  largely.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Improved  Early  Blood  Turnip — An  extra  selected  stock  of 
blood  turnip,  having  larger,  coarser  tops  and  roots  than  the 
Detroit  Dark  Red,  and  requiring  a considerably  longer  time  to 
mature.  Excellent  for  summer  and  autumn  use.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
2 oz  10c,  Vi  lb  15c,  lb  50c. 


The  following  varieties  are  used  for  stock  feeding.  They  are  easily  grown  and  harvested,  keep  well  through  the  winter,  and 
give  an  immense  amount  of  cattle  food  at  a small  cost,  but  need  a rich,  well  prepared  soil.  Sow  in  drills  thirty  inches  apart,  as 
early  as  the  ground  can  be  got  in  condition.  Cultivate  well  when  young,  and  thin  out  the  plants  to  one  foot  apart  in  the  row.  If 
these  trimmings  are  carefully  handled,  and  the  larger  leaves  cut  off,  they  can  easily  be  reset  to  fill  vacancies,  and  will  make  the 
largest  roots.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  break  or  bruise  the  roots  any  more  than  necessary  in  harvesting. 


SUGAR  BEETS 


Improved  Klein  Wanzleben  Sugar  Beet — The  analytical  chem- 
ists of  Europe  have  united  in  recommending  this  variety  as  pos- 
sessing the  highest  sugar-producing  qualities.  It  grows  below 
the  surface  and  produces  a fine,  shapely  root,  the  best  sort  for 
the  sugar  experimenter  to  use.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  40c, 
5 lbs  $1.50. 

Lane’s  Improved  Imperial  Sugar — An  improvement  on  the 
French  Sugar  Beet.  Hardier,  more  productive,  yielding  35  to  40 


tons  per  acre,  and  containing  a greater  percentage  of  sugar.  One 
of  the  best  for  cattle  feed.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  40c. 
5 lbs  $1.50. 

Vilmorin’s  Improved  White  Sugar — An  improvement  on  the 
old  White  Sugar.  Very  rich.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  lb  45c,  5 lbs  $1.50. 

Red  Top  White  Sugar  Beet — The  old  variety,  largely  grown 
for  stock  feeding.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  V\  lb  15c,  lb  40c,  5 lbs  $1.50. 


MANGEL  WURTZEL 

Golden  Tankard — Tops  comparatively  small,  with  yellow  stems  and  mid  ribs,  neck  very  small, 
roots  large,  ovoid,  but  filled  out  at  top  and  bottom  so  as  to  approach  a cylindrical  form.  Flesh 
yellow,  zoned  with  white.  A great  improvement  and  worthy  of  use  on  every  farm.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  15c,  lb  40c. 

Red  Globe— Similar  to  Yellow  Globe,  except  in  color,  which  is  a light  red  or  pink.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  15c,  lb  40c. 

Long  Red— A large,  long  variety,  grown  for  stock  feeding.  It  stands  a good  deal  out  of  the 
ground;  color  light  red,  flesh  white  and  rose  colored.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  35c. 

Improved  Mammoth  Long  Red— An  improvement  on  the  old  variety.  The  roots  are  uniformly 
straight  and  well  formed  and  deeper  colored  than  the  common  sort.  Highly  recommended  for  stock 
feeding.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  40c. 


Norbitan  Giant  Long  Red— Very  large,  growing  well  out  of 
the  ground.  The  roots  are  well  formed,  straight,  smooth  and  of 
a fine  scarlet  color,  with  comparatively  small  top  and  neck.  Pkt 
5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  50c. 

Yellow  Globe — This  is,  we  think,  one  of  the  best  varieties  of 
Mangel  Wurtzel  known  for  stock  feeding.  It  has  exceedingly 
small  tops  and  few  leaves,  leaf  stalks  and  blades  green;  roots 
medium  size,  uniformly  globe-shape,  having  a very  small  tap  and 
few  side  roots;  color  of  skin  deep  orange  yellow;  flesh  white  and 
of  excellent  quality.  The  roots  grow  almost  entirely  above 


BRUSSELS 

SPROUTS 


French,  Chou  de  Bruxelles. 
German,  Sprossen-Kohl. 

Culture.— They  should  be 
treated  in  all  respects  like 
winter  cabbage  or  kale. 

The  plant  grows  two  or 
three  feet  high,  and  pro- 
duces from  the  sides  of 
the  stalk  numerous  little 
sprouts  resembling  cab- 
bage heads  one  or  two 
inches  in  diameter.  The 
leaves  should  be  broken 
down  in  the  fall,  to  give 
the  little  cabbages  more 
room  to  grow.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  20c,  % lb  50c. 


ground,  making  them  admirably  adapted  to  shallow  ground  and 
very  easy  tQ  harvest.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  40c. 

Yellow  Leviathan — Roots  long,  olive  shaped,  large,  growing 
over  one-half  out  of  the  ground;  flesh  white,  sweet  and  tender; 
tops  bright  green,  comparatively  small;  neck  small,  short.  We 
think  this  is  perhaps  the  best  of  the  yellow  field  beets,  because 
its  fine  flesh  never  becomes  woody,  and  its  roots  grow  so  well 
out  of  the  ground,  that  the  crop  is  easily  harvested.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  40c. 


The  following  statement  from  one  of  the  most  prominent 
authorities  on  agriculture  in  the  Northwest  speaks  volumes  in 
showing  the  superior  quality  of  MANGEL  and  other  ROOT  crops: 

“My  experience  in  farming  covers  a period  of  over  twenty 
years,  during  which  time  I have  rarely  cultivated  less  than  two 
to  twenty  acres  of  mangel  wurtzel  and  Swedish  turnip.  As  a 
stock  breeder,  I have  always  considered  them  my  most  important 
crops.  In  North  Dakota,  where  I had  the  largest  herd  of  thor- 
oughbred cattle,  I averaged  from  twenty  to  thirty  tons  of  roots 
to  the  acre.  Yours,  etc., 

“C.  J.  ALLOWAY.” 

NOTE. — Dr.  Alloway  was  State  Veterinarian  for  North  Dakota 
for  three  years;  for  a long  time  President  of  the  Fine  Stock 
Growers’  Association  of  North  Dakota;  Lecturer  to  State  Agri- 
cultural College  at  Brookings,  S.  D.;  Director  in  Grand  Forks 
County  Agricultural  Society,  and  one  of  the  largest,  most  pro- 
gressive and  successful  stock  breeders  in  the  United  States. 


BROCOLI 

French,  Chou  Brocoli.  German,  Spargel-Kohl. 

Culture.— The  same  as  that  given  for  cauliflower. 

Although  originating  from  a very  distinct  type,  the  modern 
improved  sorts  of  brocoli  can  scarcely  be  distinguished  from 
cauliflower ; the  points  of  difference  being  that  they  are  generally 
taller  and  the  heads  more  divided.  By  some  considered  more 
delicate  than  the  cauliflower. 

Early  Purple  Cape — This  is  the  best  variety  for  our  climate. 
It  produces  large  heads,  of  a brownish-purple  color,  very  close 
and  compact,  and  of  excellent  flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  40c,  ii  lb  $1.25. 

Large  White — Same  as  above,  only  not  quite  so  hardy.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  40c,  % lb  $1.25. 


HIGH 


GROWN  CABBAGE  SEED 


Culture.— A heavy,  moist 
and  rich  loam  is  most  suit- 
able, which  should  be  highly 
manured  and  worked  deep. 
Cabbage  is  so  universally 
grown  all  over  the  country 
that  specific  directions  re- 
garding the  time  and  meth- 
ods of  planting  for  all  locali- 
ties cannot  be  given.  The 
late  autumn  and  winter  var- 
ieties may  be  sown  from  the 
middle  to  the  last  of  spring, 
and  transplanted  when  about 
six  Inches  high,  one  and  a 
half  to  three  feet  apart  in 
the  row,  according  to  size  of 
the  variety.  Shade  and  wa- 
ter the  late  sowings  In  dry 
weather  to  get  them  up.  It 
is  important  that  the  plants 
should  stand  thinly  in  the 
seed  bed,  or  they  will  run 
up  weak  and  slender,  and  be 
likely  to  make  long  stems. 


Early  Jersey  Wakefield — This  is  the  earliest  and  hardest 
heading  of  the  extra  early  sorts,  and  most  gardeners  depend  upon 
it  for  the  bulk  of  their  extra  early  crop.  Our  stock  is  grown  and 
sleeted  with  the  greatest  care,  and  there  is  none  better  and  few 
as  good.  Heads  conical,  very  compact  and  solid,  of  excellent 
quality.  The  thick,  stout  leaves  and  compact  habit  of  this  sort 
make  it  the  best  of  all  for  wintering  over  and  very  early  setting. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  % It)  60c,  lb  $2.25. 

Early  York — An  early  variety.  Heads  small,  heart  shaped, 
firm  and  tender;  of  very  erect  and  dwarf  habit,  so  that  they  may 
be  grown  15  or  18  inches  apart.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % It)  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Early  Large  York — Succeeds  the  Early  York.  It  is  of  large 
size,  about  ten  days  later,  more  robut  and  bears  the  heat  better. 
Pkt  5c.  oz  10c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Early  Winnigstadt — One  of  the  best  for  general  use,  being  a 
very  sure  header,  and  will  grow  a hard  head  under  circumstances 
where  most  sorts  would  fail,  so  that  those  who  have  failed  with 
other  kinds  could  hope  to  succeed  with  this.  Plant  very  compact, 
with  short,  thick  leaves.  Heads  regular,  conical,  very  hard,  and 
keep  well  both  summer  and  winter.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  45c, 
lb  $1.50. 

Early  Dwarf  Flat  Dutch — Continued  experience  confirms  our 
belief  that  this  is  the  best  early  round-headed  sort.  Stems  short, 
leaves  comparatively  few,  having  short  stalks,  upright,  so  that 
plants  can  be  planted  closely;  heads  large,  solid,  and  stand  long 
without  bursting.  Our  stock  should  not  be  confounded  with  the 
inferior  later  stock  frequently  offered  under  this  name.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  15c,  % lb  45c,  lb  $1.50. 

All  Seasons — Heads  very  large,  round,  often  nearly  spherical, 
but  usually  somewhat  flattened;  very  solid,  and  of  the  best  qual- 
ity, keeping  as  well  as  the  winter  sorts.  Plant  very  vigorous  and 
sure  heading;  leaves  large,  smooth,  with  dense  bloom.  Remark- 
able for  its  ability  to  stand  the  hot  sun  and  dry  weather.  Our 
trial  has  shown  that  heads  which  were  fit  for  market  by  July  10th 
were  still  saleable  September  10th,  the  only  change  being  in- 
creased size  and  density.  One  of  the  very  best  sorts  for  general 
cultivation.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  45c,  lb  $1.50. 

Hollander  or  Danish  Ball  Head — In  some  important  particu- 
lars this  is  the  most  remarkable  cabbage  yet  produced.  In  fact, 
it  well  Illustrates  the  truth  that  “merit  will  win,”  in  that  while  It 
was  introduced  only  about  four  years  ago,  it  has  already  become 
the  favorite  sort  with  those  who  have  had  the  true  stock.  The 
heads,  which  are  very  solid  and  deep,  are  of  medium  size,  aver- 


aging about  8 lbs.  in  weight;  ii\  color,  they  are  entirely  distioct; 
in  point  of  quality  they  have  no  superior,  and  they  keep  better 
than  any  other  sort,  the  heads  being  as  solid  and  perfect  when 
taken  up  in  the  spring  as  when  put  away  in  the  fall.  At  that 
time  no  cabbage  will  sell  beside  them  even  at  one-half  the  price. 
Large  pkt  5c,  oz  30c,  % lb  85c,  lb  $3.00. 

We  import  our  Holland  or  Danish  Ball  Head  cabbage  direct 
from  the  best  grower  in  Denmark. 

Henderson’s  Autumn  King — It  produces  enormous  solid  heads 
of  that  dark  shade  of  green  that  is  most  desirable  in  a cabbage, 
and  has  such  small  outer  leaves  that  it  can  be  planted  much 
closer  together  than  the  ordinary  late  sorts,  and  can  be  relied 
upon  to  produce  a greater  weight  of  crop  per  acre  than  any  other 
variety.  A distinctive  feature  of  the  Autumn  King  is  the  pecu- 
liarly crimped  leaves.  Next  to  Giant  Flat  Dutch,  it  is  unques- 
tionably one  of  the  best  late  sorts  of  today.  Pkt  10c,  oz  30c,  14  lb 
70c,  lb  $2.50. 

L.  B.  & Co.’s  Harvest  Home — Late.  We  have  yet  to  see  the 
cabbage  of  equal  quality  that  will  yield  as  large  a weight  from  a 
given  area  as  the  Harvest  Home.  We  have  yet  to  see  the  cab- 
bage that  will  equal  it  in  reliability  of  heading,  uniformity  of  size 
and  solidity  of  head.  We  unhesitatingly  recommend  it  to  any 
one  desiring  the  best  cabbage  for  fall  and  winter  keeping  or 
kraut  making.  Oz  20c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 

Premium  Late  Flat  Dutch — As  a variety  for  winter  market  it 
has  no  superior,  and  is  more  extensively  grown  than  any  other. 
Head  large,  bluish-green,  round,  solid,  broad  and  flat  on  top,  and 
often  tinted  with  reddish-brown  after  being  touched  with  frost; 
they  open  white  and  crisp,  are  tender  and  well  flavored.  It  is  a 
fall  and  winter  variety,  and  one  of  the  very  best  to  keep.  With 
good  cultivation,  on  moist,  rich  ground,  ninety-five  in  a hundred 
will  head  up  large  and  fine.  Decidely  the  best  late  variety  for 
cultivation  in  our  state.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.50. 

American  Late  Perfection  Savoy — This  is  the  best  of  the 
Savoy  class,  either  for  home  use  or  market.  Heads  large,  very 
solid  and  compact,  of  a yellowish-green  color,  and,  like  all  other 
of  the  Savoy  varieties,  is  of  excellent  flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c, 
% lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 

Mammoth  Rock  Red — This  is  by  far  the  best,  largest  and 
surest-heading  red  cabbage  ever  introduced.  The  plant  is  large, 
with  numerous  spreading  leaves.  The  heads  are  large  (averag- 
ing 10  to  12  pounds  each),  round,  very  solid,  and  of  deep  red 
color.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 


CAULIFLOWER 


The  cauliflower,  although  one  of  the  most  delicious  vegetables,  Is  but  little  grown  except  by  professional  gardeners,  by  reason 
of  the  erroneous  notion  that  it  is  so  difficult  to  grow,  that  only  skilled  gardeners  can  produce  it.  We  are  certain  that  any  one  will 
be  reasonably  successful  with  this  most  desirable  vegetable  if  they  will  observe  the  cultural  directions  given  below. 

Culture.— For  spring  and  early  summer  crop  sow  In  March  or  early  In  April  in  hot-bed  and  transplant  to  cold  frame  when  sufficiently 
large,  and  to  the  open  ground  as  soon  as  danger  of  hard  freezing  is  over.  The  plants  will  endure  a light  frost.  The  soil  for  cauliflower 
should  be  like  that  for  cabbage,  but  it  is  better  to  be  made  richer  than  Is  ordinarily  used  for  that  crop.  For  late  crop  sow  at  same  time  as 
for  late  cabbage  and  treat  in  the  same  manner.  After  the  heads  begin  to  form  draw  the  leaves  over  them  and  pin  or  tie  them  together 


white.  They  should  be  cut  for  use  while  the 
separate  into  branches. 


L.  & B.  Co.’s  Earliest  Dwarf  Erfurt 
Extra  Select  Cauliflower — Is  the  sur- 
est header  and  most  profitable,  and  no 
other  sort  has  yet  surpassed  this  ex- 
cellent variety.  It  is  the  best  for  forc- 
ing and  open  ground;  the  earliest  and 
finest  of  all  varieties.  Scarcely  a plant 
fails  to  produce  a good  head.  It  is  of 
dwarf  habit,  compact  growth,  short  out- 
side leaves;  can  be  planted  20  inches 
apart  each  way.  The  best  for  early 
market  and  family  use,  and  can  be  en-  ■ — . 
tirely  relied  upon,  as  the  seed  was  b—- 
grown  with  extra  care  by  one  of  the  " 
most  careful  growers  in  Erfurt.  A 
very  shy  seeder  on  account  of  its  com- 
pact, solid  heads.  Plenty  of  cauli- 
flower seed  is  sold  in  this  country  as 
the  Earliest  Dwarf  Erfurt  variety  at 
Early  London — A well-known  variety,  : 
Early  Giant  Autumnal — Extra  fine  sort, 


‘curd”  is  compact  and  hard,  as  they  soon 

a low  price.  Beware  of  such  seed;  it 
cannot  be  genuine.  Pkt  25c,  % oz  $1, 
oz  $3,  lb  $30. 

Early  Snowball — Highly  esteemed 
by  "market  gardeners  for  its  earliness 
~ _ and  reliability  as  a sure  header ; it 
grows  on  a robust  stem,  and  produces 
magnificent  white  heads  of  fine  qual- 
ity. The  outer  leaves  are  short,  allow- 
ing the  plants  to  be  set  closer  together 
than  most  varieties.  Its  dwarf,  com- 
pact habit  of  growth  renders  it  one  of 
the  best  for  forcing  under  glass;  al- 
though cultivated  principally  for  an 
early  crop,  it  does  equally  well  for  late 
planting.  Pkt  25e,  % oz  75c,  oz  $2.50. 

Early  Paris — Head  rather  large, 
white  and  compact;  stalk  short.  Pkt 
10c,  oz  50c. 

Lne,  white  and  compact  heads.  Pkt  10c,  oz  60c. 

producing  large  white  heads,  and  comes  to  maturity  early  in  autumn.  Pkt  10c,  oz  60c. 


CARROTS 


The  carrot  is  one  of  the  most  wholesome  and  nutritious  of  our  garden  roots,  and  deserves  to  be  more  extensively  used,  both  for 
culinary  and  stock  feeding  purposes.  We  urge  our  readers  to  give  some  of  the  early  table  sorts  a trial.  For  feeding  stock,  especially 
horses  and  milch  cows,  the  carrot  cannot  be  surpassed,  and  it  should  be  grown  largely  by  farmers  each  season  for  this  purpose. 


Our  packets  of  carrot  contain  on  an  average  about  6,000 
seeds.  One  ounce  will  sow  one  hundred  feet  of  drill.  Three  to 
four  pounds  for  one  acre. 

Culture.— While  a sandy  loam  made  rich  by  manuring  the 
previous  year  is  the  best  soil  for  the  carrot,  any  good  land,  if 
thoroughly  and  deeply  worked,  will  produce  satisfactory  crops. 

A clover  sod  turned  under  deeply  and  well  enriched  with  a 
dressing  of  rotten  manure,  is  most  excellent  for  the  general 
crop.  When  it  is  possible  to  do  so,  it  is  advisable  to  sow  as 
early  in  the  spring  as  the  ground  is  fit  to  work,  though  good 
crops  may,  in  this  latitude,  be  grown  from  sowngs  as  late  as 
June  15.  Prepare  the  ground  thoroughly  and  sow  in  drills 
eighteen  to  twenty-four  inches  apart,  using  from  one  and  one- 
half  to  three  pounds  to  the  acre,  according  to  the  distance 
between  rows.  Cover  one-half  to  one  inch  deep  and  see  to  it 
that  the  soil  is  well  firmed  about  the  seed.  As  soon  as  the 
plants  appear,  use  the  cultivator  or  wheel  hoe,  and  do  not  let 
the  weeds  get  a start.  Thin  to  three  to  six  inches  apart  in  the 
row  as  soon  as  the  plants  are  large  enough.  Gather  and  store 
for  winter  use  like  beets  or  turnips. 


Improved  Danver’s  Half  Long — A first-class  carrot  for  all 
soils;  in  form,  midway  between  the  Long  Orange  and  Short 
Horn.  The  root  is  of  a rich,  dark  orange  color  and  grows 
very  smooth  and  handsome.  Twenty  to  thirty  tons  per  acre 
not  being  an  unusual  crop.  Pkt  3c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  60e. 

Improved  Long  Orange — A well-known  standard  sort; 
roots  long,  thickest  near  the  crown,  tapering  regularly  to  a 
point;  color,  deep  orange.  Suitable  for  the  table  and  main 
field  crop.  Pkt  3c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  50c. 

L.,  B.  & Co.’s  Mastodon  Carrot — This  is  the  heaviest  crop- 
ping carrot  grown,  yielding  more  tons  to  the  acre  than  any 
other  sort.  The  flesh  is  white,  crisp,  solid  and  very  sweet  in 
flavor.  It  is  a vast  improvement  on  the  white  and  green 
Belgian  sorts  which  have  been  such  favorites  in  the  past,  as 
it  is  not  only  much  more  productive  but  vastly  easier  to 
handle.  The  roots  are  short  and  very  heavy  at  the  shoulder, 
rendering  them  easily  harvested.  An  important  feature,  also, 
is  that  they  do  not  easily  break  in  pulling  or  storing.  Too 
much  can  scarcely  be  said  of  their  size  and  great  productive- 
ness. The  roots  frequently  measure  15  to  20  inches  in  circum- 
ference, and  18  to  25  tons  to  the  acre  is  not  an  extravagant 


statement  as  to  the  yield.  Large  pkt 
10c,  % lb  30c,  % lb  60c,  lb  90c,  5 lb 
$3.75. 

L.(  B.  & Co.’s  Victoria  Carrot — This 
is  the  largest  and  unquestionably  the 
heaviest  cropping  and  most  nutritious 
yellow  variety  in  cultivation.  It  is  the 
largest  and  best  form  of  Orange  or 
Yellow  Carrot  known.  The  roots  are 
remarkably  fine,  very  symmetrical  and 
of  excellent  quality,  possessing  high 
feeding  properties.  It  is  a heavy  crop- 
per on  all  soils,  but  especially  adapted 
for  strong  or  rich  land.  It  grows  fully 
half  as  much  weight  again  per  acre  as 
the  ordinary  varieties,  and  as  the  roots 
grow  more  above  the  ground  it  is  much 
easier  to  gather  the  crop.  This  grand 
variety  is  sure  to  suit  every  one  who 
grows  it.  Large  pkt  10c,  Vi  lb  30c,  % 
lb  50c,  1 lb  90c,  5 lbs  $2.00. 

White  Belgian — Grows  long;  green 
top,  well  out  of  the  ground.  Large  pkt 
5c,  Vi  lb  20c,  % lb  30c,  1 lb  50c,  5 lbs 
$2.00. 

Yellow  Belgian — Similar  to  the 

white,  but  yellow  in  color.  Large  pkt 
5c,  Vi  lb  20c,  Yt  lb  30c,  1 lb  50c,  5 lbs 
$2.00. 

Early  French  Forcing — The  ealiest  variety,  largely  grown  for 
forcing  purposes;  globular  shaped  root  of  an  orange  red  color. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Early  Scarlet,  or  Short  Horn — One  of  the  most  popular  vari- 
eties grown;  color  deep  orange;  one  of  the  best  for  table  use. 
Pkt  3c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Oxheart,  or  Guerande — This  fine  and  very  popular  carrot  is 
intermediate  as  to  length  between  the  half  long  varieties  (such 
as  Danver’s)  and  the  Scarlet  Horn  carrots,  but  much  thicker  than 
the  latter,  being  at  the  top  from  four  to  five  inches  in  diameter. 
Flesh,  bright  orange,  fine  grained  and  sweet.  It  is  of  very  fine 
quality  for  table  use  and  equally  good  for  stock.  Where  other 
sorts  require  digging,  Oxheart  can  be  easily  pulled,  making  it  a 
particularly  desirable  sort  for  soils  so  stiff  and  hard  that  other 
sorts  do  not  do  well.  Pkt  3c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Chantenay— As  a table  variety  it  is  first-class;  in  shape  it  is 


larger  than  the  Scarlet  Horn,  and  also  broader  at  the  shoulder. 
The  flesh  is  of  a beautiful,  rich,  orange  color,  and  of  the  finest 
quality;  it  is  medium  early,  with  small  tops.  Roots  taper 
slightly  but  are  uniformly  stump  rooted.  Gives  great  satisfac- 
tion in  both  the  market  and  private  garden.  Pkt  3c,  oz  10c, 
Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

CHERVIL 

A hardy  annual,  worthy  of  more  general  use  for  flavoring  and 
garnishing.  The  curled  variety  is  even  more  beautiful  than  parsley 
and  can  be  used  to  great  advantage  in  beautifying  dishes  of  meatand 
vegetables.  Sow  in  early  spring  in  rich,  well  prepared  soil,  and 
when  plants  are  well  established  transplant  to  about  one  foot  apart. 

Curled — Greatly  superior  to  the  old,  plain  variety,  being  ear- 
lier, more  handsome  and  having  fully  as  fine  fragrance  and 
flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  2 oz  20c,  Vi  lb  30c,  1 lb  $1.00. 

CHICORY 

Large  Rooted,  or  Coffee  — Our  stock  is  the  improved 
type,  with  very  much  larger,  smoother,  whiter  and  propor- 
tionately shorter  roots  than  the  old  kind.  The  dried  and 
prepared  roots  are  used  quite  extensively  as  a substitute  or 
adulterant  for  coffee.  Sow  the  seed  as  early  in  the  spring  as 
the  ground  can  be  prepared,  in  a rather  light,  moderately  rich 
soil,  in  drills  fifteen  inches  apart  for  garden,  and  two  to  two  and 
one-half  feet  for  field  culture.  When  the  plants  are  sufficiently 
large,  thin  to  four  to  six  inches  apart  in  the  row.  Keep  clear 
of  weeds,  and  in  the  fall  dig  the  roots,  slice  them  and  dry  in  an 
apple  evaporator,  or  kiln  constructed  for  the  purpose.  Where 
the  roots  are  grown  in  quantity  for  the  manufacturers  of  the 
“prepared”  chicory,  they  are  usually  brought  to  the  factory  in 
the  “green”  state  and  there  dried  in  kilns  constructed  for  the 
purpose.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  2 oz  15c,  % lb  25c,  lb  75c. 

COLLARDS 

A variety  of  cabbage  known  in  different  sections  as  “Cole,” 
“Colewort,”  or  simply  “Greens.”  It  is  extensively  used  in  the 
South,  where  it  continues  in  luxuriant  growth  all  winter. 

Georgia,  Southern,  or  Creole — We  offer  the  true  white  or 
green  stemmed  sort  so  extensively  used  in  the  South,  where  it 
furnishes  an  abundance  of  food  for  man  and  beast.  Forms  a 
large,  loose,  open  head,  or  a mass  of  leaves  on  a tall  stem. 
Freezing  does  not  injure,  but  rather  improves,  their  quality. 
Sow  thick  in  drills,  in  rich  ground,  transplanting  when  four 
inches  high,  or  sow  in  drills  where  the  plants  are  to  remain, 
and  thin  to  two  or  three  feet  apart  in  the  row,  when  of  proper 
size.  In  the  South  sow  from  January  to  May,  and  August  to 
October.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  2 oz  20c,  % lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 


CELERY 


Celery  has  come  so  generally  into  use  that 
almost  every  garden  has  a bed  devoted  to  its 
growth,  and  if  the  soil  is  rich  and  the  plants 
well  cared  for  the  Celery  will  be  one  of  the 
most  prized  products  of  the  garden. 

Culture.— Sow  the  seed  (which  Is  slow  to  ger- 
minate) In  shallow  boxes  or  in  a finely  prepared 
Beed  bed  out  of  doors,  In  straight  rows,  so  that  the 
small  plants  may  be  kept  free  from  weeds.  See 
to  It  that  the  seed  bed  Is  kept  moist,  almost  wet, 
until  the  seeds  germinate,  as  plenty  of  moisture 
Is  essential  to  get  a satisfactory  growth.  When 
about  two  Inches  high,  thin  out  and  transplant  so 
that  they  may  stand  three  Inches  apart,  and  when 
the  plants  are  four  inches  high  cut  off  the  tops, 
which  will  cause  them  to  grow  stocky.  The  crop 
Is  usually  made  to  succeed  some  earlier  crop,  but 
In  order  to  grow  good  celery  the  soli  must  be  made 
as  rich  as  possible;  the  essentials  to  success  being 
very  rich  soli  and  plenty  of  water.  If  good  plants 
are  used  they  may  be  set  out  as  late  as  the  middle 
of  August,  but  the  best  results  are  usually  ob- 
tained from  setting  about  the  middle  of  June  or 
the  first  of  July.  The  most  desirable  time  will  de- 

Cend  upon  local  climate,  and  Is  that  which  will 
ring  the  plants  to  maturity  during  cool,  moist 
weather.  In  setting,  prepare  broad,  shallow 
trenches  about  six  Inches  deep  and  four  feet  apart, 
In  which  the  plants  should  be  set  six  Inches  apart, 
cutting  off  the  outer  leaves  and  pressing  the  soil 
firmly  about  the  roots.  When  the  plants  are 
nearly  full  grown  they  should  be  "handled, ” which 
Is  done  by  one  man  gathering  the  leaves  together 
while  a second  draws  the  earth  about  the  plant  to 
one-third  Its  height,  taking  care  that  none  of  the 
earth  falls  between  the  leaves,  as  It  would  be 
likely  to  cause  them  to  rust  or  rot.  After  a few 
days  draw  more  earth  about  them,  and  repeat  tin 
process  every  few  days  until  only  the  tops  of  the 
leaves  are  visible,  or  the  leaves  may  be  pressed 
together  by  two  wide  boards  held  firmly  a few 


the  crop  may  be  simply  "handled, ' 


ind 


inches  apart  by  cross-ties  and  stakes,  when  In  a few  days  more  It  will  be  fit  for  use. 

of 

other  taken  up  and  set  out  compactly  In  a dark 


then  at  the  approach 

10 


cellar  or  an  unused  cold  frame  which  can  be  kept  just  above  the  freezing  point,  and  it  will  then  gradually  blanch  30  that  it  may  be  used 
throughout  the  winter.  Should  the  plants  begin  to  wilt,  water  the  roots,  without  wetting  the  stalks  or  leaves,  and  they  will  revive  again. 


Perle  Le  Grand — The  most  beautiful  Celery  that  ever  graced 
a table.  Flavor  most  delicious,  crisp  and  nutty.  So  brittle 
that  a stalk  held  in  the  hand  will  almost  break  of  its  own 
weight.  Absolutely  solid  and  free  from  stringiness.  The  first 
and  the  last  Celery  that  is  fit  to  use.  Its  beautiful  golden  heart 
and  rich  nutty  flavor  are  unapproached  by  any  other  variety. 
It  has  been  found  a most  excellent  winter  keeper.  Pkt  5c,  % oz 
15c,  oz  25c,  2 oz  45c,  % lb  70c,  lb  $2.50. 

Golden  Self-Blanching — Our  seed  from  the  original  Paris  in- 
troducers is  as  pure  a strain  as  exists.  Its  rich  golden  yellow 
color,  its  close  habit  and  compact  growth,  and,  greater  than  all, 
the  readiness  with  which  it  is  bleached  and  rendered  market- 
able, make  it  invaluable  to  the  gardener  and  exceedingly  popular 
with  every  planter.  The  entire  stock  is  solid,  crisp,  and  al- 
though not  as  early,  a much  better  keeper  than  the  White  Plume. 
Pkt  5c,  % oz  15c,  oz  25c,  2 oz  45c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 


Evans’  Triumph — The  best  late  Celery.  This  variety  has  a 
very  strong  and  vigorous  plant,  with  large,  very  white,  crisp, 
brittle,  tender  and  fine  flavored  stalks.  It  is  late  and  requires 
the  whole  season  to  develop,  but  will  keep  longer  than  any 
other  sort.  We  recommend  it  as  worthy  of  the  first  place  as  a 
late  Celery.  Pkt  5c,  oz  30c,  2 oz  55c,  % lb  $1.00,  lb  $3.00. 

Dwarf  Golden  Heart — Pkt  3c,  % oz  10c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c, 
lb  $1.50. 

Perfection  Heartwell — Pkt  5c,  % oz  10c,  oz  15c,  % lb  50c, 
lb  $1.75. 

New  Rose— Pkt  5c,  % oz  12c,  oz  20c,  % lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Giant  White  Solid— Pkt  3c,  % oz  10c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c, 
lb  $1.50. 


Crawford's  Half  Dwarf — Pkt  5c,  % oz  15  c,  oz  20c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.50. 

Boston  Market — Pkt  3c,  % oz  10c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.50. 

Soup  Celery  or  Smallage — Pkt  3c,  % oz  10c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c. 

Celery  Seed  for  Flavoring — Oz  5c,  % lb  12c,  lb  35c. 

White  Plume— Self-blanching.  This  sort  is  too  widely  known  to  require  an  extended 
description.  We  will  only  say  that  we  have  not  yet  found  a Celery  that  is  as  early 
and  of  as  good  a flavor,  as  crisp  and  tender  as  our  selection  of  this  sort.  We  sell  every 
year  large  quantities  of  this  seed  to  market  gardeners,  who  find  it  uniformly  white  and 
free  from  green  or  hollow  stalks.  It  is  not  as  good  a keeper  as  our  Giant  Golden  Heart, 
but  it  is  unsurpassed  for  fall  and  early  winter  use,  and  is  the  earliest  Celery  known. 
Pkt  5c,  % oz  12c,  oz  20c,  2 oz  35c,  % lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Giant  Pascal — One  of  the  best  for  fall  and  winter  use.  It  is  a selection  from  the 
Golden  Self-Blanching,  and  adds  to  the  general  good  qualities  of  its  parent  superior 
keeping  qualities.  The  stalks  are  very  large,  solid,  crisp,  and  of  a rich,  nutty  flavor, 
free  from  any  trace  of  bitterness.  It  blanches  very  easily  and  quickly,  and  retains  its 
freshness  a long  time  after  being  marketed.  The  heart  is  golden  yellow,  very  attrac- 
tive. Pkt  5c,  % oz  12c,  oz  20c,  2 oz  35c,  % lb  60c,  lb  $1.75. 

New  Pink  Plume — The  stalks  of  this  magnificent  new  Celery  are  of  clear,  creamy 
white,  shaded  with  a beautiful  delicate  pink.  In  flavor  it  is  sweeter  than  any  other, 
all  red  Celery  having  a stronger  “celery”  flavor,  and  is  preferred  by  Celery  lovers 
wherever  known.  The  foliage  is  white,  like  the  White  Plume,  and  the  plants  bleach 
naturally.  It  has  the  long  keeping  qualities  for  which  red  Celeries  are  noticeable, 
and  the  faint  tint  of  pink  makes  it  wonderfully  attractive  for  table  use.  It  has  no 
tendency  to  rust,  and  owing  to  its  white  tops  matures  and  blanches  as  early  as  White 
iPlume.  Pkt  7c,  % oz  15c,  oz  25c,  2 oz  40c,  % lb  70c,  lb  $2.50. 

! Giant  Golden  Heart — The  best  Celery  for  winter  storage.  Ever  since  we  introduced 
this  Celery  it  has  gained  in  public  favor,  and  rightly  so,  for  it  is  not  only  the  best 
keeper,  but  it  is  large,  solid,  as  sweet  as  a walnut  and  of  a beautiful  golden  color.  It 
is  a selection  from  the  Dwarf  Golden  Heart,  grows  much  larger  than  its  parent,  but 
otherwise  possesses  all  its  excellent  qualities.  We  strongly  recommend  it  to  gardeners 
as  well  as  to  private  planters.  Pkt  10c,  % oz  20c,  oz  30c,  2 oz  50c,  % lb  85c,  lb  $3.00. 

“Kalamazoo,”  or  Solid  Ivory — The  fine  Celery  sent  out  under  the  name  “Kalamazoo” 
has  enjoyed  a wide  and  extended  popularity  and  has  proven  to  be  one  of  the  most  solid, 
compact,  strong  growing  and  easily  bleached  market  varieties.  We  are  selling  it  as  a 
thoroughly  reliable  sort  both  for  family  and  market  use;  rkeeps  well  through  the  win- 
ter. Pkt  5c,  % oz  12c,  oz  20c,  2 oz  30c,  % lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 


CELERIAC,  OR  TURNIP-ROOTED  CELERY 


Culture.— Sow  the  seed  at  the  same  season  and  give  the  same  treat- 
ment as  common  celery.  Transplant  the  young  plants  to  moist,  rich 
soil,  in  rows  two  feet  apart  and  six  inches  apart  in  the  rows.  Give 
thorough  culture.  As  the  roots  are  the  edible  portion  of  this  vegetable, 
It  is  not  necessary  to  earth  up  or  “handle’’  it.  After  the  roots  have 
attained  a diameter  of  two  inches  or  over  they  will  be  fit  for  use.  To 
keep  through  winter  pack  in  damp  earth  or  sand  and  put  in  the  cellar, 
or  leave  out  of  doors,  covering  with  earth  and  straw,  like  beets  or 
carrots. 

Turnip-Rooted — The  root  of  this  variety  is  turnip  shaped  and 


tender,  having  a sweeter  taste  and  stronger  flavor  than  other 
varieties.  It  is  used  principally  for  seasoning  meats  and  soups. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Giant  Prague  Celeriac — This  is  unquestionably  the  largest 
and  best  Celeriac  in  existence.  The  roots  are  very  large,  twice 
as  large  as  the  Erfurt,  almost  globe  shaped,  smooth,  with  only 
a few  roots  at  the  bottom.  Flavor  is  excellent.  Pkt  5c,  % oz 
10c,  oz  15c,  M lb  50c,  lb  $1.50. 


Our  special  collections  and  discounts  are  very  liberal. 

You  will  find  something  of  interest  on  every  page  of  this  book. 

Head  carefully  and  you  will  find  your  reward. 

Your  correspondence  is  solicited,  and  we  will  cheerfully  furnish  any  informa- 
tion in  our  power. 


SWEET  OR 
SUGAR  CORN 


White  Cob  Cory — We  consider 
this  the  best  extra  early  sweet 
corn.  The  ears  are  fully  as 
large  and  well  filled  as  Cory, 
and  just  as  early,  and  have  the 
great  advantage  of  a white  cob, 
making  this  variety  the  best  ex- 
tra early  market  corn.  We  hope 
all  our  friends  will  plant  largely 
of  this  for  early  crop,  as  we  feel 
sure  that  it  cannot  fail  to  give 
entire  satisfaction.  Pkt  10c, 
lb  14c. 


Early  Minnesota — This  old  and  deservedly  popular  variety  is 
one  of  the  best  early  sorts  for  the  market  and  the  private  gar- 
den. Stalks  short  and  not  suckering,  bearing  one  or  two  ears 
well  covered  with  husks;  ears  long,  eight  rowed;  kernels  very 
broad,  sweet  and  tender,  not  shrinking  much  in  drying.  By 
careful  selection  we  have  developed  a stock  of  this  standard 
variety  which  is  remarkably  uniform,  and  in  which  all  the  good 
qualities  which  have  made  it  so  popular  are  intensified.  Pkt 
10c,  lb  14c. 

Stowell’s  Evergreen — The  standard  main  crop  variety,  and  if 
planted  at  the  same  time  with  earlier  kinds,  will  keep  the  table 
supplied  until  October.  It  is  hardy  and  productive,  very  tender 
and  sugary,  remaining  a long  time  in  condition  suitable  for  boil- 
ing. Our  stock  has  been  carefully  grown  and  selected  to  avoid 
the  tendency  to  a shorter  grain  and  deterioration  in  the  Ever- 
green character  of  this  best  known  of  all  late  sorts.  This  and 
Mammoth  are  standard  late  varieties  in  the  South.  Pkt  10c, 
lb  14c. 

Mammoth — This  variety  produces  the  largest  ears  of  any  sort 
with  which  we  are  acquainted,  a single  ear  sometimes  weighing 
two  or  three  pounds.  It  is  of  excellent  quality,  sweet,  tender 
and  delicious,  and  its  only  fault  is  the  Immense  size  of  the  ear. 
Pkt  10c,  lb  14c. 

Moore’s  Early  Concord — Produces  its  large,  handsome,  four- 
teen rowed  ears  very  low  on  the  stalk,  and  comes  into  use  after 
Perry’s  Hybrid.  The  quality  is  faultless,  being  much  like  the 
Crosby,  and  it  is  an  excellent  sort  to  follow  that  variety,  either 
for  the  canning  factory  or  the  garden,  and  it  is  valuable  as  an 
Intermediate  variety.  Pkt  10c,  lb  14c. 

Black  Mexican — Although  the  ripe  grain  is  black  or  bluish- 
black,  the  corn,  when  in  condition  for  the  table,  cooks  remark- 
ably white,  and  is  surpassed  by  none  in  tenderness.  This,  by 
many,  is  considered  the  most  desirable  for  family  use  of  the 
second  early  Borts.  It  does  especially  well  for  second  early  in 
the  South.  Pkt  10c,  lb  14c. 

Old  Colony — Originated  near  Plymouth,  Mass.,  about  fifty 
years  ago;  was  lost  Bight  of  for  a while;  revived  and  sold  under 
various  names,  such  as  Landreth’s  Sugar,  etc.  We  consider  it 
a more  desirable  sort  than  the  Country  Gentleman  or  the  Ne 
Plus  Ultra  in  that  the  skin  is  not  so  tough  and  certainly  is  all 

12 


Early  Red  Blazed — This  flint  variety  is  not  only  early,  but 
will  endure  uninjured  a degree  of  cold  and  wet  that  would  be 
fatal  to  other  sorts.  Stalks  medium  height,  without  suckers, 
dark  green  with  red  or  bronze  markings.  Leaves  broad,  green 
at  base,  but  bronze  at  top,  particularly  while  the  plant  is  young. 
Ears  long,  eight  rowed,  well  filled,  small  at  base.  Grain  flinty 
and  of  fine  quality,  bright  yellow  at  the  tips.  It  is  also  known 
as  Smut  Nose.  Pkt  10c,  lb  10c. 

Early  Golden  Dent,  or  Pride  of  the  North — A very  early  Dent 
variety,  ripening  with  the  flint  sort,  and  can  be  grown  as  far 
north  as  any  other  variety  of  Dent  corn.  Stalks  small,  with 
broad  leaves.  Ears  short,  twelve  to  sixteen  rowed,  well  filled. 
Grain  long,  yellow,  making  an  extra  quality  of  meal.  Pkt  10c, 
lb  10c. 

Early  Canada,  or  Yellow  Flint — The  standard  of  the  early 
yellow  flint  corns.  Per  lb  10c,  100  lbs  $5.00. 

Champion  Pearl  White  Dent — A standard  late  variety,  with 
No.  1 white  grain.  It  is  very  hardy,  can  be  planted  closely  and 
stands  drouths.  Per  lb  10c,  100  lbs  $5.00. 

Mercer  Corn — Stalks  six  feet  high,  with  two  to  three  good 
ears  nine  to  eleven  inches  in  length  and  well  filled.  A rich 
golden  yellow  flint  corn  and  very  productive.  Per  lb  10c,  100 
lbs  $5.00. 

Triumph  Corn — A yellow  flint  corn,  extremely  early  and 
called  an  “eighty-day  corn.”  Ears  thirteen  inches  long,  with 
fourteen  to  sixteen  rows.  Both  grain  and  ears  are  larger  than 
the  Mercer.  The  ears  average  two  to  the  stalk.  The  habit  of 
this  corn  admits  of  close  planting,  and  one  foot  apart  in  the 
rows  will  secure  an  immense  crop  of  corn  and  fodder.  Per  lb 
10c,  100  lbs  $5.00. 

POP  CORN 

Rice,  for  Popping — A very  handsome  variety.  Ears  short; 
kernels  long,  pointed,  and  resemble  rice;  color  white;  very  pro- 
lific. Probably  no  variety  of  Pop-Corn  is  superior  to  this  for 
popping,  lb  10c. 

If  Peas,  Beans  or  Corn  are  wanted  by  mail,  add  8 
cents  per  pound  to  cover  postage 


that  can  be  desired  in  quality.  Stalks  about  six  feet  high, 
usually  bearing  two  large,  sixteen  to  twenty  rowed  ears;  grain 
very  deep  and  the  sweetest  and  best  of  the  late  varieties.  It 
is  fit  to  use  a few  days  earlier  than  Evergreen;  cannot  be  ex- 
celled as  a market  sort  and  is  of  the  best  for  canners.  Pkt  10c, 
lb  20c. 

FIELD  CORN 


Cory — The  largest  of  the  extra 
early  sorts.  The  plant  is  stout 
and  vigorous,  but  short,  and  it 
will  mature  a full  crop  earlier 
than  any  of  the  much  lauded 
new  strains.  Ears  eight-rowed, 
with  red  cob  and  very  large, 
light  pink  grains.  All  the  red 
cobbed  corn  should  be  cooked 
quickly  by  dropping  the  ears 
into  boiling  water  to  which  a 
little  salt  has  been  added,  for  if 
simmered  over  a slow  fire,  or  allowed  to  stand  in  the  water  after 
cooking,  the  red  cob  will  discolor  the  kernels.  Pkt  10c,  lb  14c. 


Crosby’s  Early — A most  excellent  variety,  remarkably  early 
and  of  the  best  flavor.  Ears  of  medium  size,  twelve  or  more 
rowed;  grain  very  thick  and  sweet.  This  is  the  sort  so  largely 
grown  in  Maine  for  canning,  and  it  is  the  use  of  this  variety 
rather  than  any  peculiarity  of  soil  that  has  given  Maine  Sweet 
Corn  Its  reputation  for  quality.  Pkt  10c,  lb  14c. 


CUCUMBER 


I0( 

40c 

II 


This  is  one  of  the  vegetables  which  can  be  grown  to 
perfection  by  any  one  who  can  control  a few  square  yards 
of  soil  which  is  fully  exposed  to  the  sun,  and  the  fruit  is  so 
much  better  when  gathered  fresh  from  the  vines  than  it  is  when 
obtained  in  the  market,  that  every  family  should  be  supplied 
from  its  own  yard. 

Culture.— The  soil  for  cucumbers  should  be  thoroughly  enriched 
with  well  rotted  manure  in  order  to  obtain  the  largest  yield,  but  any 
rich  garden  soil  will  grow  seed  cucumbers.  Plant  the  seed  in  rows  six 
feet  apart,  and  four  to  six  feet  apart  in  the  row,  dropping  fifteen  to 
twenty  seeds  in  a hill.  After  the  plants  begin  to  crowd  and  the 
striped  beetles  are  pretty  well  gone,  thin  to  three  plants  to  the  hill. 
Give  frequent  but  shallow  cultivation,  until  the  plants  make  runners 
so  long  that  this  is  impracticable.  In  field  culture,  plow  furrows 
four  feet  apart  across  the  field,  and  similar  ones,  but  omitting  every 
fourth  furrow,  at  right  angles  to  the  first;  this  will  form  paths  for 
the  distribution  of  manure  and  the  gathering  of  the  fruit.  At  each 
intersection  drop  a shovelful  or  more  of  well  rotted  manure,  which 
should  be  well  mixed  with  the  soil,  so  as  to  form  a low,  flat  hill. 

In  gathering,  pick  all  the  fruit  before  it  begins  to  ripen,  as  the 
vines  will  cease  setting  fruit  as  soon  as  any  seed  commences  to 
mature. 

Early  Russian — Earliest  and  hardiest.  The 
vines  vigorous  and  productive.  Fruit  three  to 
four  inches  long,  thick,  oval,  pointed  at  each 
end.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Early  Cluster — Vines  vigorous,  producing  the 
bulk  of  the  crop  near  the  root  and  in  clusters. 
Fruit  short,  holding  full  size  to  each  end;  dark 
green,  but  paler  at  blossom  end.  Good  for  table 
use,  but  not  adapted  to  pickling.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Cool  and  Crisp — A strain  of  White  Spine;  larger,  but  not  so 
evenly  shaped.  It  well  deserves  its  name  and  is  therefore  very 
popular  for  table  use.  Oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Boston  Pickling,  or  Green  Prolific — A dis- 
tinct variety,  very  popular  for  pickles.  Fruit 
very  smooth  and  symmetrical,  cylindrical,  but 
a little  pointed  at  each  end;  bright  green  and 
a great  producer.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c, 
lb  50c. 

Early  Short  Green,  or  Early  Frame — An 

excellent  sort  both  for  table  use  and  for  pick- 
ling. Plants  very  vigorous  and  productive. 


Fruit  straight,  handsome,  smaller  at  each  end,  bright  green, 
lighter  at  the  blossom  end,  with  crisp,  tender  flesh,  and  makes 
excellent  pickles.  Our  stock  is  very  superior.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Giant  Pera — Very  large,  smooth  skin,  few  seeds,  splendid  for 
slicing.  Oz  15c,  % lb  35c,  lb  75c. 

Bismarck — A cross  between  Long  Green  and  White  Spine, 
producing  dark  colored,  slender  pickles  like  the  former,  and  be- 
coming like  the  latter  at  maturity.  Fruit  long,  cylindrical,  very 
constant  in  form  and  color;  flesh  crisp  and  tender;  excellent 
either  for  pickles  or  slicing.  Those  who  want  a Cucumber 
longer  than  White  Spine,  but  with  its  other  characteristics,  will 
find  in  this  variety  all  they  desire.  It  is  also  one  of  the  best  on 
the  list  for  slicing.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Improved  Long  Green — Produced  by  selec- 
tion from  the  Long  Green.  Vines  vigorous 
and  productive,  forming  fruit  fit  for  the  table 
nearly  as  early  as  the  shorter  sorts;  fruit 
about  twelve  inches  long,  firm  and  crisp.  The 
young  fruit  makes  one  of  the  best  of  pickles, 
and  when  ripe  is  the  best  of  any  for  sweet 
pickles.  We  offer  a carefully  selected  strain, 
uniformly  long  and  of  good  form,  with  the 
large  warts  and  spines  well  distributed  over 
the  surface,  instead  of  being  clustered  at  one  end,  as  in  inferior 
stocks.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50q. 

Gherkin,  for  Pickling — A very  small,  oval, 
prickly  variety,  quite  distinct  from  all  others. 
It  is  grown  exclusively  for  pickling.  It  is  the 
smallest  of  all  the  varieties,  and  should  always 
be  picked  when  young  and  tender.  The  seed 
is  slow  to  germinate,  requiring  usually  from 
two  to  three  weeks.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  35c, 
lb  $1.00. 

Early  White  Spine — One  of  the  best  sorts 
for  table  use.  Vines  vigorous,  fruiting  early  and  abundantly; 
fruit  uniformly  straight  and  handsome;  light  green  with  a few 
white  spines;  flesh  tender  and  of  excellent  flavor.  In  this  coun- 
try this  variety  is  used  more,  perhaps,  than  any  other  for  forc- 
ing under  glass.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c>  lb  50c. 


CRESS 


Culture.— The  seed  should  be  sown  and  lightly  covered,  in  gravelly, 
mucky  lands,  along  the  borders  of  small,  rapid  streams,  and  the 
plants  will  need  no  subsequent  culture,  as  under  favorable  conditions 
they  increase  very  rapidly  by  self-sown  seed  and  extension  of  the 
roots. 

True  Water — This  is  quite  distinct  from  the  curled  variety, 
and  only  thrives  when  its  roots  and  stems  are  submerged  in 
water.  It  is  one  of  the  most  delicious  of  small  salads  and  should 
be  planted  wherever  a suitable  place  can  be  found.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
30c,  % lb  $1.00. 


Culture  of  the  Curled  Varieties.— The  seed  should  be  sown  in  drills 
about  eighteen  inches  apart,  on  very  rich  ground,  and  the  plants  well 
cultivated.  It  may  be  planted  very  early,  but  repeated  sowings  are 
necessary  to  secure  a succession.  Keep  off  insects  by  dusting  with 
Pyrethrum  Powder. 

Curled,  or  Pepper  Grass — This  small  salad  is  much  used  with 
lettuce,  to  which  its  warm,  pungent  taste  makes  a most  agree- 
able addition.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 


EGG  PLANT 


bulbs  and  dry  In  the  shade,  and  lay  them  up  in  a dry  loft  as  you  would 
onions. 


The  Egg  Plant,  when  well  grewn  and  properly  cooked,  Is  a 
delicious  vegetable,  and  it  should  find  a place  in  every  garden. 

Culture.— The  seed  germinates  slowly,  and  should  be  started  in 
strong  heat,  for  In  this,  as  In  all  sub-tropical  plants.  It  Is  of  Import- 
ance to  secure  a rapid  and  continuous  growth  from  the  first,  the 
plants  never  recovering  from  a check  received  when  young.  When 
the  plants  have  tormea  two  rough  leaves,  transplant  to  three  or  four 
Inches  apart.  Keep  the  bed  closed  and  very  warm,  shading  from  the 
direct  rays  of  the  sun  and  giving  abundance  of  water  until  the  ground 
Is  warm  and  all  danger,  not  only  from  frost,  but  from  cold  nights,  is 
past:  then  harden  the  plant  by  gradual  exposure  to  the  sun  and  air, 
and  decrease  the  supply  of  water,  then  carefully  transplant  Into  the 
open  ground,  setting  the  plants  two  and  a half  feet  apart.  If  needed, 
shade  the  young  plants  and  protect  them  from  the  potato  bug,  which 
is  very  fond  of  them  and  will  often  destroy  them.  Some  seasons 
Egg  Plants  will  fall  to  set  fruit,  or  will  not  begin  bearing  until  too 
late  to  mature,  no  matter  how  faithfully  they  have  been  cared  for. 
This  Is  especially  liable  to  happen  If  the  summer  is  cool  or  rather 
moist.  We  know  of  no  remedy  for  this.  Pinching  oft  the  ends  of 
the  branches  after  the  plants  begin  to  bloom,  and  not  letting  more 
than  two  or  three  fruits  set  will  often  effect  something,  and  is  a 
good  practice. 

Early  Long  Purple — This  is  one  of  the  earliest  and  most  pro- 
ductive varieties;  fruit  long,  dark,  rich,  purple,  and  of  fine  qual- 
ity. Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  % lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Black  Pekin — Nearly  as  early  as  the  last,  and  nearly  as  large 
as  the  later  sorts.  Very  prolific  and  desirable  for  market  gar- 
deners’ use.  Fruit  nearly  round;  skin  smooth,  black  and  glossy; 
flesh  white,  fine  grained  and  delicate.  Pkt  5c,  oz  30c,  % lb  $1.00. 

Improved  Large  Purple  (Spineless) — This  variety  has  about 
superseded  all  others,  both  for  market  and  private  use.  The 
large  size  and  high  quality  of  its  fruit  and  its  extreme  produc- 
tiveness make  it  the  most  profitable  to  grow.  Plants  large, 
spreading;  foliage  light  green;  fruit  very  large,  oval,  or  short 
pear  shaped;  color  dark  purple.  Plants  ripen  usually  two  to  six 
large  fruits.  Bear  in  mind  that  our  stock  is  spineless,  which  is 
a great  advantage  in  handling.  Pkt  5c,  oz  30c,  V4  lb  $1.00. 

ENDIVE 

Culture.— Endive  may  be  grown  at  any  season  of  the  year,  but  Is 
more  generally  used  late  In  the  fall.  Sow  the  seed  during  June  or 
July,  In  drills  fourteen  inches  apart,  and  when  well  established  thin 
the  plants  to  one  foot  apart.  When  nearly  full  grown,  tie  the  outer 
leaves  together  over  the  center  In  order  to  blanch  the  heart  of  the 
plant.  By  covering  every  few  days  a succession  may  be  kept  up. 

Moss  Curled — A variety  growing  considerably  denser  and 
having  the  leaves  much  finer  cut  than  the  Green  Curled;  in  fact, 
the  whole  plant  is  more  compact.  When  well  blanched  it  makes 
a very  attractive  appearance.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Ever  White  Curled — By  far  the  most  beautiful  variety.  Plant 
moderately  dense,  with  divided  leaves,  which  are  coarser  and 
less  tender  than  those  of  the  Green  Curled;  but  even  the  outer 
leaves  are  very  light  colored,  frequently  white,  so  that  the  plant 
is  very  attractive  and  always  brings  the  highest  price  on  the 
market.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  % lb  50c,  lb  $1.50. 

GARLIC 

A bulbous  rooted  planted,  with  a strong,  penetrating  odor, 
but  much  esteemed  by  some  for  flavoring  soups,  stews,  etc.  We 
frequently  receive  orders  for  garlic  seed,  but  we  can  only  supply 
bulbs.  % lb  15c,  lb  50c. 

Culture— Prepare  the  ground  the  same  as  for  onions,  and  plant  the 
bulbs  In  drills  eight  Inches  apart,  and  four  Inches  apart  In  the  rows, 
and  cover  two  Inches  deep.  When  the  leaves  turn  yellow,  take  up  the 


HORSE  RADISH 

Horse  Radish  produces  no  seed,  but  Is  grown  from  pieces  of  the 
roots.  Small  roots,  10c  each  or  40o  per  doz,  postpaid;  by  express,  jr„ 
per  100. 

Culture— Mark  oft  rows  two  and  one-half  feet  apart,  in  rich,  moist, 
well  prepared  ground,  and  set  the  pieces  of  roots  eighteen  Inches 
apart  In  the  rows,  two  to  three  inches  below  the  surface,  the  small 
end  down.  Cultivate  thoroughlyuntil  the  tops  cover  the  ground 
when  their  shade  will  keep  down  the  weeds. 

KALE 

Borecole,  Kale  or  Oerman  Greens  are 
general  terms  applied  to  those  classes 
of  Cabbage  which  do  not  form  heads 
but  are  used  In  their  open  growth,  Some 
of  the  varieties  are  the  most  tender  and 
delicate  of  any  of  the  Cabbage  tribe 
They  are  hardy  and  are  improved  rather 
than  injured  by  the  frost. 

Culture— As  far  north  as  New  York 
they  may  be  sown  in  September  and 
treated  like  Spinach,  although  in  the 
south  tney  will  live  and  grow  throughout 
the  winter  without  protection,  or  they 
may  be  planted  and  treated  like  winter 
cabbage,  and  will  continue  growing  till 
very  late.  If  cut  when  frozen,  thaw  out 
in  cold  water  before  boiling.  The  young 
shoots  which  start  up  in  the  spring  from 
the  old  stumps  are  very  tender  and  make 
excellent  greens. 

TALL  GREEN  CURLED  SCOTCH- 
This  is  very  hardy,  and  improved  by  a 
moderate  frost.  About  thirty  inches  tall, 
with  an  abundance  of  dark  green  leaves, 
which  are  densely  curled  and  cut. forming 
a very  beautiful  plant.  It  stands  the  winter  in  the  Middle  States  with- 
out any  protection.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  14  lb  20c,  lb  75c. 

DWARF  CURLED  SCOTCH,  OR  GERMAN  GREENS— Plant  low 
and  compact,  but  with  large  leaves  curled,  cut  and  crimped  until  the 
whole  plant  seems  like  a bunch  of  moss.  It  is  well  worth  cultivation 
simply  for  its  beauty.  One  of  the  best  sorts  for  use,  and  when  well 
grown  and  cooked  is  one  of  the  most  palatable  of  vegetables.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  V4  lb  20c,  lb  75c. 

GERMAN  DWARF  PURPLE— Similar  to  the  Dwarf  Curled  Scotch, 
but  of  a rich  purple  color.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  V4  lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

KOHL  RABI 

The  Kohl  Rabi  is  a vegetable  interme- 
diate between  the  Cabbage  and  the  Tur- 
nip, and  combines  the  flavor  of  both.  The 
edible  part  is  a turnip  shaped  bulb  formed 
by  the  swelling  of  the  stem.  When  used 
for  the  table  this  should  be  cut  when 
quite  small,  as  it  is  then  very  tender  and 
delicate,  but  if  allowed  to  reach  Its  full 
size  it  becomes  tough  and  stringy. 

Culture— Sow  In  light,  rich  soil,  as  early 
as  possible,  in  drills  sixteen  inches  apart, 
and  when  well  established,  thin  to  six 
inches  apart  In  the  row.  One  or  two 
plantings  at  intervals  of  ten  days  will 
give  a succession  until  hot  weather,  when 
they  fall  to  grow  well,  but  plantings  may- 
be made  the  latter  part  of  July  for  fall 
use. 

EARLY  WHITE  VIENNA— Very  early, 
small,  handsome,  white  bulb.  Best  early 
variety  for  table.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  VI  lb  60c,  lb  $1.75. 

EARLY  PURPLE  VIENNA— Nearly  Identical  with  the  last,  except 
in  color,  which  is  a bright  purple,  with  the  leaf  stems  tinged  with 
purple.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  Vi  lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 


There  Is  no  vegetable  which  Is  more 
universally  used  than  this,  and  yet  few 
people  know  how  inviting  and  appetiz- 
ing It  Is  when  brought  to  the  table 
fresh  and  unwilted,  a condition  In 
which  It  Is  rarely,  if  ever,  found  In  our 
markets,  and  which  can  only  be  se- 
cured by  growing  the  plants  in  one’s 
own  garden.  So  we  earnestly  urge  all 
of  our  readers  who  can  possibly  do  so 
to  grow  their  own  lettuce. 

Culture— Lettuce  should  grow  rapidly, 
and  to  attain  this  end  it  should  be 
sown  in  a rich,  thoroughly  prepared 
soli.  For  early  crop  sow  under  glass 
from  November  to  February  and  thin 
out  as  necessary  to  prevent  crowding. 

Keep  at  a moderate  heat  and  give  all 
the  air  and  light  possible.  For  early 
out-door  culture  start  plants  In  the 
fall,  protecting  them  as  needed  with 
frames  or  coarse  cotton,  or  start  un- 
der glass  from  January  till  March  and 
harden  off  before  setting  in  the  open 
ground,  which  should  be  done  as  soon 
as  the  ground  and  weather  will  permit. 

For  general  crop  sow  out  doors  as 
early  In  spring  as  ground  can  bo  worked.  In  drills  eighteen  inches  apart  and  thin  the  young  plants  to  four  Inches  apart  in  the  row.  As  the 
plants  begin  to  crown,  tnin  out  and  use  as  required.  In  this  way  a much  longer  succession  of  cuttings  may  be  had  from  the  same  ground. 
Sow  at  Intervals  of  from  two  to  three  weeks  throughout  the  summer  for  a continuous  crop.  In  this,  as  in  every  other  garden  crop,  thorough 
cultivation  is  essential.  9 & 


14 


Grand  Rapids  (Seed  Black) — As  a lettuce  for  greenhouse 
forcing  this  variety  undoubtedly  stands  at  the  head  of  the  list. 
Leaves  medium  size,  of  light  yellowish  green  color,  much 
crimped  and  frilled,  thin,  but  of  very  upright  growth;  forms  a 
fair  size  but  loose  cluster  of  leaves,  which  cannot  be  properly 
called  a head;  crisp,  tender  and  of  good  quality.  Owing  to  its 
upright  habit  it  may  be  planted  very  closely.  It  is  of  extremely 
rapid  growth;  very  little  liable  to  rot;  will  stand  without  spoil- 
ing a week  to  ten  days  after  it  is  fit  to  cut,  and  retains  its  fresh- 
ness a long  time  after  cutting.  It  will  stand  shipping  a longer 
distance  than  any  other  variety  of  this  class.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c, 
% lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Early  Curled  Silesia  (Seed  White) — An  early  erect  growing, 
loose  heading  variety,  which  may  be  used  very  young,  when  it 
is  exceedingly  sweet  and  well  flavored;  color  light  green;  leaves 
much  frilled  and  savoyed.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Early  Tennis  Ball  (Seed  Black)— A first-class  head  lettuce, 
and  one  of  the  best  head  lettuces  for  forcing  under  glass  or  early 
planting  out  doors.  Plants  medium  size,  having  thick,  dark 
green  leaves,  and  when  well  grown  forming  compact,  solid  heads, 
which  blanch  easily  and  are  crisp  and  tender.  Should  not  be 
planted  in  the  hot  weather  of  summer,  as  it  runs  up  to  seed 
quickly.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Tilton’s  White  Star  (Seed  White) — A distinct  sort  of  great 
merit,  of  the  Black  Seeded  Simpson  type,  but  grows  larger  and 
more  rapidly,  and  its  leaves  are  broader,  thicker,  darker  and 
less  frilled  at  the  edge.  It  forms  a large  and  solid  central  clus- 
ter of  leaves,  making  almost  a head;  blanches  perfectly  and  is 
of  excellent  quality.  The  plants  remain  long  in  condition  for 
use  before  running  to  seed,  and  keep  long  after  cutting  without 
wilting.  Repeated  trials,  both  for  forcing  and  early  planting 
outdoors,  convince  us  that  this  is  a decided  improvement  over 
other  varieties  of  this  class  for  either  purpose.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c, 
% lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Early  Prize  Head.  (Seed  White) — The  enormous  demand  for 
this  old  favorite  proves  conclusively  that  it  has  no  superior 
where  a thin,  tender,  crisp  and  sweet  lettuce  is  wanted  for  the 
home  garden  or  local  market.  Being  so  thin  leaved  and  tender, 
it  of  course  wilts  very  quickly  after  cutting,  and  so  it  is  not 
adapted  for  growing  for  distant  markets.  Plant  large,  deep 
green,  so  washed  with  red  as  often  to  appear  more  red  than 
green;  forming  a head  of  a dense  mass  of  leaves  rather  than 
one  like  a cabbage,  and  very  slow  to  run  to  seed;  leaves  large, 
nearly  round,  frilled  at  the  edge,  and  coarsely  savoyed  or  “blis- 
tered”; exceedingly  crisp,  tender  and  good  flavored,  and  does 
not  become  bitter  as  early  as  other  varieties.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Hanson  (Seed  White) — So  well  known  as  to  hardly  need  any 
description.  Plant  large,  forming  a large,  flat  head,  resembling 
that  of  a cabbage,  and  so  slow  to  run  to  seed  that  it  often  fails 
to  form  any  seed.  Outer  leaves  bright  green,  with  prominent, 
light  covered  veins;  inner  leaves  white  and  usually  curved  and 
twisted  at  the  base;  very  tender  and  sweet.  We  have  seen 
heads  of  this  variety  as  large  as  a cabbage  and  about  as  solid. 
It  is  the  standard  summer  head  lettuce.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb 
30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Philadelphia  Butter  or  Early  Whitehead  (Seed  White)  — 

Many  prefer  a thick  leaved,  smooth  lettuce,  and  to  meet  this 
demand  we  present  this  sort.  Plant  dark  green,  with  many 
nearly  round,  thick  leaves,  formed  into  a very  solid,  round  head, 
which  stands  a long  time  without  running  to  seed.  Leaves  very 
thick,  folded  or  puckered  at  base,  the  inner  ones  blanched  to  a 
rich  yellow  color,  and  exceedingly  rich  and  nutty  in  flavor. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Black  Seeded  Simpson — For  those  who  like  a large,  thin,  ex- 
ceedingly tender  leaf,  and  for  those  markets  which  demand  a 
large,  loose  cluster  of  leaves  rather  than  a solid  head,  this  is 
one  of  the  best  varieties  either  for  forcing  or  early  sowing  out  of 
doors.  Plants  large,  forming  a large,  loose  head;  light  yellow- 
ish-green in  color,  so  that  a little  wilting  is  not  noticed.  Leaves 
large,  thin,  slightly  ruffled  and  blistered,  the  inner  ones  nicely 
blanched,  and  even  the  large  outside  leaves  are  tender  and  of 
good  quality.  One  of  the  best  and  most  popular  varieties  for 
market  gardeners,  as  it  is  attractive,  of  excellent  quality,  and 
continues  a long  time  in  condition  for  use.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb 
30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Simpson’s  Early  Curled  (Seed  White) — Similar  to  the  last, 
but  the  plant  is  a little  smaller  and  decidedly  darker  in  color, 
and  the  leaves  are  more  frilled  and  blistered.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Brown  Dutch  (Seed  Brown) — An  old  sort,  noted  for  its  hard- 
ness. Leaves  large,  thick,  green,  tinged  with  brown.  It  al- 
ways forms  a large,  solid  head,  which  is  somewhat  coarse-look- 
ing,  but  the  inner  leaves  are  beautifully  blanched,  exceedingly 
sweet,  tender  and  well  flavored.  Desirable  because  of  its  hard- 
ness and  fine  quality.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 


Buttercup  (Seed  White) — Plants  medium  size,  with  numer- 
ous round,  smooth  leaves,  which  are  of  a beautiful  yellow  color, 
and  very  sweet  and  tender.  They  form  medium  sized,  fairly 
solid  heads,  which  when  prepared  for  the  table  are  exceedingly 
attractive  in  appearance.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Large  Drumhead,  or  Victoria  Cabbage  (Seed  White) — The 
largest  of  the  heading  lettuces.  Plant  very  large,  forming  an 
immense  loose  head,  bright  green  without  and  light  green  or 
white  within.  Leaves  very  large,  strongly  veined,  coarse,  but 
the  inner  ones  are  very  crisp  and  tender.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb 
30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Deacon  (Seed  White) — While  this  does  not  make  as  large  a 
head  as  some  others,  the  heads  formed  are  very  solid  and  of 
excellent  flavor,  and  remains  in  condition  for  use  as  long  as 
any  variety  in  cultivation.  Plant  medium  size,  with  very  few 
outer  leaves;  leaves  light  green,  very  thick.  This  is  certainly 
one  of  the  best  varieties  for  summer  use.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb 
30c,  lb  $1.00.  i 

Cos,  Early  White  Self-Folding  (Seed  White) — A distinct  Cos 
Lettuce  which  does  not  need  tying  up.  The  leaves  are  yellow- 
ish-white  in  color,  long,  narrow,  upright,  folding  into  a solid, 
head  like  that  of  an  Early  York  Cabbage.  This  is  a truly  self- 
blanching  Lettuce,  is  very  crisp  and  tender  and  of  superior 
flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

LEEK 

Belongs  to  the  onion  family,  and  by  some  preferred  to  that 
vegetable. 

Culture— Sow  the  seed  and  care  for  the  young  plants  same  as  for 
onions.  When  the  young  plants  are  about  the  size  of  a goose  quill, 
transplant  to  a prepared  bed,  in  rows  one  foot  apart  and  four  or  five 
inches  in  the  row.  Set  the  roots  deep  and  draw  the  earth  to  them  when 
cultivating,  so  that  they  may  be  well  blanched  by  the  time  they  are 
fit  for  use. 

London  Flag — Is  the  variety  more  cultivated  in  this  country 
than  any  other.  It  is  hardy  and  of  good  quality:  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 

% lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Large  American  Flag — A variety  which  has  become  very  pop- 
ular with  some  market  gardeners  on  account  of  its  being  larger 
than  the  London  Flag.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  14  lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Large  Rouen — Stem  very  large,  but  comparatively  short;  the 
leaf  is  very  broad,  but  covered  with  whitish  bloom.  Stands  a 
long  time  in  condition  for  use.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c, 
lb  $1.25. 

Monstrous  Carentan — The  largest  variety;  often  three  inches 
in  diameter,  and  becoming  very  white  and  tender;  a very  hardy 
sort.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.50. 

MELON, 

MUSK 

The  Musk  Melon 
is  too  universally 
popular  to  need 
a n«y  special  de- 
scription. 


Culture.— Cultivate  as  recommended  for  cucumbers,  except  that 
the  hills  should  be  six  feet  apart.  Rich  earth  for  the  young  plants 
is  far  better  than  manure,  but  if  the  latter  must  be  used  see  that  it 
is  well  rotted.  If  the  plants  grow  very  rank,  more  and  finer  fruit 
will  be  secured  by  pinching  off  the  end  of  the  shoots  when  about 
three  feet  long.  The  quality  of  melons  o>f  all  varieties  is  largely  de- 
pendent upon  conditions  of  growth  and  ripening.  Unhealthy  vines  or 
unfavorable  weather  produce  fruit  of  comparatively  poor  flavor. 

Rocky  Ford — An  oval-shaped  netted  melon,  medium  size, 
very  solid;  flesh  thick  and  juicy.  It  is  very  early  and  produc- 
tive and  has  wonderful  shipping  qualities.  It  is  popular  with 
hotel  and  restaurant  keepers,  always  a good  seller  and  a money- 
15 


maker  for  the  grower.  Our  seed  is  genuine  stock  from  Rocky 
Ford.  Colorado.  Oz  15c,  Vi  lb  35c,  lb  $1.00. 


Cosmopolitan — This  grand  new  green-fleshed  variety,  com- 
bining as  it  does  the  Arm,  sweet  flesh  of  the  French  Cantilope 
and  the  delicious  flavor  of  the  American  Musk  Melon,  is  truly 
cosmopolitan  in  character.  It  is  one  of  the  most  distinct  and 
uniformly  handsome  melons  ever  introduced.  The  hardy  vine 
Is  wonderfuly  productive  of  globular  fruits,  which  are  densely 
covered  with  gray  netting.  It  is  exceedingly  sweet,  melting 
and  high  flavored.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Hackensack,  or  Turk’s  Cap — Fruit  very  large,  flattened  globe 
shape,  ribs  large  and  of  irregular  width;  densely  covered  with 
coarse  netting;  flesh  green,  thick,  coarse,  but  very  sweet  and 
fine  flavored.  We  have  taken  great  pains  to  have  our  stock  of 
this  true  to  the  “Turk’s  Cap”  type,  and  after  careful  comparison 
with  that  of  other  growers  do  not  hesitate  to  pronounce  it  the 
best  in  the  country.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Jenny  Lind — An  extra  early  green  fleshed  melon,  and  one  of 
the  sweetest  in  cultivation.  Fruits  globular  or  flat  globe  shaped, 
ribbed  and  covered  with  a shallow  netting;  medium  size  to 
small.  One  of  the  best  melons  for  hotel  and  restaurant  use,  on 
account  of  its  convenient  size.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Small  Green  Nutmeg — Fruit  medium  size,  slightly  ribbed, 
globular.  Skin  dark  green,  becoming  yellow  when  overripe, 
and  nearly  covered  with  broad  shallow  netting.  Flesh  thick,  a 
little  coarse,  but  of  line  flavor.  This  variety  is  in  universal  de- 
mand for  both  home  and  market  use.  It  is  the  size  so  much 
sought  after  by  hotels  and  restaurants.  Our  stock  is  carefully 
grown  and  selected,  and  will  be  found  first  class  in  every  par- 
ticular. Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Improved  Large  Green  Nutmeg — Vines  vigorous,  hardy,  pro- 
ductive; fruit  very  large,  round,  slightly  flattened  at  both  ends, 
ribbed,  covered  with  coarse  netting;  flesh  very  thick  and  of  the 
highest  flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 


Montreal — Our  stock  of  this  variety,  unlike  most  offered,  is 
of  distinct  and  uniform  type.  Fruit  of  the  largest  size,  often 
measuring  twelve  to  fourteen  inches  in  diameter;  spherical,  or 
slightly  oval  in  shape,  with  regular,  shallow  ribs,  and  sparsely 
covered  with  netting;  flesh  light  green,  very  juicy,  sweet  and  of 
excellent  flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  t'Oc. 

Bay  View — Fruit  long  and  of  the  largest  size,  frequently 
weighing  fifteen  to  seventeen  pounds;  deeply  ribbed  and  cov- 
ered with  coarse  netting;  flesh  green,  thick  and  of  fine  flavor. 
A favorite  in  some  markets.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Casaba,  or  Green  Persian — One  of  the  largest  and  best  musk 
melons  in  cultivation.  Fruit  long,  oval,  a little  pointed  at  each 
end;  flesh  green,  very  sweet.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 


RED  OR  YELLOW  FLESHED  SORTS 

Osage,  or  Improved  Miller's  Cream — This  melon  has  made 
its  way  into  public  favor  from  the  market  rather  than  the  gar- 
den, and  seems  to  be  just  what  people  want.  It  is  medium 
size,  oval,  slightly  ribbed,  dark  green  in  color,  covered  more  or 
less  with  shallow  netting.  The  flesh  is  deep  salmon  color,  ex- 
ceedingly sweet  and  high  flavored,  and  is  good  to  within  a fourth, 
of  an  inch  of  the  rind,  and  very  thick,  there  being  but  a slight 
cavity  in  the  center  of  even  the  largest  fruit.  A favorite  variety 
in  some  markets.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  V4  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Emerald  Gem — The  standard  of  excellence  among  the  salmon 
fleshed  varieties.  Fruit  small  to  medium  size,  globular,  or 
slightly  flattened  at  the  ends,  only  slightly  netted  and  ribbed. 
Skin  deep  green  while  young,  becoming  tinged  with  yellow  as 
the  fruit  matures;  flesh  deep  salmon  yellow,  thick,  ripening 
close  to  the  rind,  and  is  unsurpassed  in  flavor.  This  variety 
has  steadily  grown  in  popular  favor  and  in  many  large  markets 
leads  all  other  kinds.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  !b  60c. 


Culture.— The  essential  thing  Is  to  get  a good  strong  vine  early  In 
the  season,  which  may  be  secured  by  forming  a large,  well-drained 
hill  of  earth,  made  very  rich  with  an  abundance  of  well  rotted  ma- 
nure. which  should  be  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  soli,  for  If  left  In 
a mass  It  will  lead  to  the  plants  burning  out  under  the  hot  sun,  and 
thus  to  the  failure  of  the  crop.  On  this  hill  plant  the  seed  as  soon  as 
the  ground  Is  warm  and  dry,  and  carefully  protect  the  young  plants 
from  Insects,  and  hasten  their  growth  by  the  use  of  liquid  manure. 

Sweet  Heart — This  variety  has  no  equal  as  a melon  to  ship 
to  distant  markets,  and  it  is  so  attractive  in  appearance  that 
it  is  readily  sold  when  all  others  are  a drug.  Of  the  largest  size, 
a little  longer  than  thick,  but  nearly  globular  in  shape.  Skin 

16 


very  bright,  beautiful  mottled  green.  Flesh  bright  red,  firm 
and  heavy,  but  crisp,  melting  and  exceedingly  sweet.  This 
melon  is  not  only  a good  keeper,  but  it  improves  in  quality  for 
a long  time  after  ripening.  Seeds  dark  gray.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
Vi  lb  25c,  lb  75c. 

Citron — Grows  uniformly  round  and  smooth,  striped  and  mar- 
bled with  light  green.  Flesh  white  and  solid;  seeds  red.  It 
should  be  borne  in  mind  that  this  variety  is  not  used  for  eating 
in  the  raw  state,  but  for  preserves,  pickles,  etc.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 


Klondike — The  earliest.  The  great  objection  to  the  extreme- 
ly early  Water  Melons  has  been  their  inferior  quality.  This 
has  been  entirely  overcome  in  the  Klondike,  which  is  offered 
with  full  assurance  of  not  only  being  remarkably  early,  but  as 
sweet,  delicate  and  melting  in  flavor  as  any  variety  grown. 
The  flesh  is  of  deep  scarlet.  Rind  thin,  and  on  this  account  is 
not  a particularly  good  shipping  sort.  It  will  ripen  in  altitudes 
where  it  has  not  been  thought  possible  to  mature  a good  Water 
Melon.  It  is  to  all  other  varieties  of  Water  Melons  what  the 
Early  Minnesota  is  to  Tomatoes.  The  earliest  and  of  quality 
second  to  none.  Pkt  10c,  oz  15c,  % lb  25c,  lb  75c. 

Kentucky  Wonder — A distinct  variety;  long  oval  in  shape 
and  of,  good  size;  skin  dark  green;  flesh  scarlet,  crisp,  rich  and 
sugary;  alway  firm  and  solid;  never  mealy  or  tough.  Kentucky 
Wonder  has  won  first  prize  over  such  well  known  and  popular 
sorts  as  Ironclad,  Cuban  Queen,  Kolb’s  Gem,  etc.  Oz  10c,  *4  lb 
20c,  lb  60c. 

Phinney’s  Early 
— A valuable  var- 
iety, hardy  and  a 
sure  cropper. 

Vines  vigorous 
and  productive, 
fruiting  q u i t e J 
early;  fruit  meT 
dium  size,  ob-j 
long,  smooth] 
marbled  with  two^ 
shades  of  green; 
rind  thin,  flesh 
pink,  very  sweet, 
tender  and  crisp. 

Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % 
lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Peerless,  or  Ice  Cream— The  best  melon  for  private  gardens 
and  for  market  gardeners  who  deliver  direct  to  consumers,  but 
is  also  grown  exten- 
sively in  some  sections 
for  shipping  in  carload 
lots  distances  of  two 
or  three  hundred  miles. 

Vines  moderately  vig- 
orous, hardy,  produc- 
tive; fruit  medium  size, 
oval,  finely  mottled ; 
rind  thin;  flesh  bright 
scarlet,  solid  to  the 
center,  crisp,  tender, 
and  of  the  highest  flav- 
or. Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % 
lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Black  Spanish  — 

Vines  small,  so  that 
they  may  be  planted 
closer  than  most  sorts.  Fruit  round,  very  dark  green,  with  sweet 
scarlet  flesh  and  black  seed.  It  is  not  so  large  as  some  of  the 
other  sorts,  but  is  very  hardy  and  a certain  cropper.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  y4  lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Gypsy,  or  Georgia  Rattlesnake — One  of  the  largest  varieties, 
and  stands  shipment  long  distances.  Fruit  cylindrical,  square  at 
the  ends,  smooth!  distinctly  striped  and  mottled  light  and  dark 
green.  Flesh  bright  scarlet  and  very  sweet.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
y4  lb  20c,  lb  50c. 


crisp  and  sugary.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Dixie — A popular  market  sort. 
Vines  vigorous,  large  growing  and 
hardy;  fruit  medium  size  to  large, 
about  one-third  longer  than  thick. 
Color  of  skin  dark  green  striped 
with  a lighter  shade;  rind  thin  but 
tough;  flesh  bright  scarlet,  ripens 
closely  to  the  rind,  is  of  the  best 
quality  and  free  from  the  hard, 
coarse  center  which  is  so  objec- 
tionable a feature  of  many  ship- 
ping melons.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  y4  lb 
20c,  lb  50c. 

Round  Light  Icing— Fruit  me- 
dium size,  round,  very  light  green 
or  white,  mottled  with 
slightly  darker  green. 
Flesh  bright,  light  red, 
very  sweet  and  tender. 
By  many  this  is  con- 
sidered the  best  of  all 
melons.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
y4  lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Dark  Icing — Fruit  is 
large,  nearly  round, 
dark  green,  very  indis- 
tinctly mottled  with 
lighter  shade.  Flesh  very  rich,  bright  red.  The  juice,  which  is 

very  abundant,  is  of  rich,  deep  color  and  flows  so  freely  as  to  be 
available  as  a drink.  All  of  our  stocks  of  Icing  Melon  are  pure 
and  perfectly  distinct,  showing  very  uniformly  the  character 
istics  of  each  sort  as  described.  Repeated  trials  have  demon- 
strated that  our  stock  of  the  Icing  varieties  are  very  much  more 
pure  and  distinct  than  those  obtainable  elsewhere.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Kolb’s  Gem — Vines  of  medium 

size,  but  remarkably  vigorous  and 

healthy.  Leaves  of  medium  size, 

deeply  cut  with  a peculiar  frilled 
edge.  Fruit  of  the  largest  size, 
round  or  slightly  oval,  marked  with 
irregular  mottled  stripes  of  dark 
and  light  green.  Outer  rind  or 
shell  exceedingly  hard  and  firm, 
making  it  a popular  sort  for  ship- 
ping long  distances.  Flesh  bright 
red,  solid,  a little  coarse,  but  sweet 
and  tender.  Seeds  dark  gray.  Pkt 
5c,  oz  10c,  y4  lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Boss — The  very  dark  green  long 
fruit  has  very  bright  red,  exceed- 
ingly sweet  flesh,  extending  to 
within  one-fourth  inch  of  the  rind. 
A splendid  sort  for  the  home  garden,  but  too  thin  rinded  for 
shipping.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  %,  lb  20c  lb  50c. 

Mountain  Sweet — A large,  oval  variety;  rind  green;  flesh 
scarlet  and  quite  solid  to  the  center,  very  sweet  and  delicious. 
This  is  an  old  standard  sort,  and  one  of  the  best  for  the  home 
garden.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

MUSTARD 

White  English — The  leaves  are  light  green,  mild  and  tendei 
when  young;  seed  light  yellow.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  40c. 

Southern  Giant  Curled — This  mustard  is  very  highly  es- 
teemed in  the  South,  where  the  seed  is  sown  in  the  fall,  and  the 
plants  used  very  early  in  the  spring  as  a salad.  Our  stock  is  the 
true  curled  leaf.  The  seed  is  brown  and  produces  plants  which 
often  grow  two  feet  high  and  of  greated  breadth,  forming  enor- 
mous bunches.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  15c,  lb  50e. 

OKRA 

Culture. — Sow  the  seed  thinly  In  dry,  warm  soil,  in  shallow  drills 
two  feet  apart.  After  the  plants  are  up,  thin  them  out  to  nine  inches 
apart;  hoe  frequently  and  draw  a little  earth  to  the  stems  as  they 
continue  to  grow.  Gather  the  pods  when  quite  green,  and  about  an 
inch  and  a half  long. 

White  Velvet — This  variety  is  a great  improvement  on  the 
old  White  or  the  Green.  The  plant  is  of  medium  height,  bearing 
a large  crop  of  white,  smooth,  tender  pods,  which  retain  their 
tenderness  until  nearly  full  size.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lh  15c,  lb  50c. 


Cuban  Queen — Fruit  medium  size  to  large,  globular  or  oval; 
skin  striped  light  and  dark  green  in  sharp  contrast;  rind  medium 
thick,  but  stands  shipment  well.  Flesh  bright  red,  solid,  very 


Dwarf  White — The  longest  podded  variety.  Two  feet  high, 
very  productive,  mature  pods  a foot  long,  very  thick  and  fleshy. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  y4  lb  15c,  lb  50c. 

17 


D ANVERS j 


% 

should  be  sown  as  soon  as  the 
gotten  ready,  and  can  be  done 
seed  drill.  This  should  be  care- 
(testlng  It  by  running  It  over  the 
to  sow  the  desired  quantity  of  seed 
one-half  Inch  deep.  The  quantity 
with  the  soil,  the  seed  used 
onions  desired.  Thin  seeding 
onions  than  thick.  Four  or 
usual  quantity  needed  to 
Ve  use  a drill  with  a roller 
drill  has  none,  the  ground 
with  a hand  roller  lmme- 
is  planted. 

^Australian  Brown — (See  back  of  cover.) 

Globe  Weathersfield  — Something  new, 
that  is  not  simply  a novelty.  A very  merito- 
rious onion,  and  one  that  we  can  honestly 
recommend  for  general  use.  It  has  all  the 
good  qualities  of  the  well-known  Red 
Weathersfield  and  is  much  earlier.  Per- 
fectly globular  in  shape,  with  very  small 
neck  ; smooth  and  very  uniform  in  size.  A 
splendid  keeper,  always  sweet  and  tender. 
Our  stock  of  seed  comes  direct  from  the 
propagator  and  is  of  the  purest  strain.  Pkt 
10c,  oz  25c,  y4  lb  85c,  lb  $3.00. 

Yellow  Danvers,  or  Long  Keeper — This  is 
the  variety  planted  almost  exclusively  in 
the  Northwest  for  the  reason  that  the  crop 
can  be  kept  in  good  condition  through  our 
long,  wet,  warm  ■winters.  Many  cars  of  this 
variety  went  East  the  past  season  in  May 
after  the  Eastern  California  crops  were 
rotted  and  out  of  the  way.  While 
the  Mammoth  Silver  King  and 
Prizetaker  are  far  more  profit- 
able for  a home  market,  that  is 
a retail  trade,  because  they  com- 
mand a fancy  price,  still  we  ad- 
vise the  Yellow  Danvers  for  gen- 
eral crop.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb 
30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Yellow  Globe  Danvers  — The 
ideal  Danvers  onion  was  orig- 
inally oval  or  nearly  flat,  and  it 
has  been  thought  by  many  that 
its  small  neck  and  splendid 
ripening  habit  could  only  be  ob- 
tained in  onions  of  that  shape, 
but  by  careful  selection  and 
breeding  developed  a strain  hav- 
ing to  a remarkable  degree  the 
ripening  habit  and  small  neck  of 
the  original  Danvers  and  yet  de- 
cidedly globular  in  form,  thus 
giving  larger  yields  and  hand- 
somer bulbs  without  sacrificing 
any  of  the  good  qualities  of  the 
most  popular  of  yellow  onions. 

A trial  will  convince  the  most 
conservative  planter  that  this  is 
a real  improvement.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
10c,  V,  Jb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 


size,  small  neck,  bright  purplish  color;  good  keeper  and  always 
a good  seller.  Oz  25c,  y4  lb  50c,  lb  $1.75. 

Mammoth  Silver  King — In  appearance  this  is  the  most  strik- 
ing onion  grown.  We  hardly  know  which  to  commend  the  most, 
its  large  size,  symmetrical  appearance  and  beautiful  silvery 
flesh,  or  its  sweetness,  tenderness  and  mild  flavor.  These  quali- 
ties make  it  not  only  the  best  for  exhibition  and  fancy  high- 
priced  trade,  but  for  the  home  table  it  is  unsurpassed.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  20c,  y4  lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

White  Portugal,  or  American  Silverskin — A large,  flat  onion 
of  mild  flavor,  fine  for  early  winter  use,  and  much  esteemed  for 
pickling.  It  is  the  best  keeper  of  the  white  varieties.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  25c,  y4  lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

White  Barletta — A new  kind,  earlier  than  the  Queen,  pro- 
ducing small  flat  bulbs;  a fine  variety  for  sets  and  superior  for 
pickling.  Oz  15c,  % lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

White  Silverskin — The  bulbs  are  comparatively  small  and 
very  white.  Grow  rapidly  when  young.  Very  valuable  for  bunch- 
ing. Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  y4  lb  50c,  lb  $1.50. 

White  Globe — Yields  abundantly,  producing  handsome  and 
uniformly  globe-shaped  bulbs.  The  flesh  is  firm,  fine-grained, 
and  of  mild  flavor.  Sometimes  called  Southport  White  Globe. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  y4  lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

FOREIGN  ONIONS 

The  following  varieties  have  been  tested  in  this  country,  and 
have  given  perfect  satisfaction.  The  flavor  of  the  Italian 
varieties  is  mild,  and  they  are  every  way  well  adapted  to  culin- 
ary purposes. 

Queen — A silver-skinned  variety,  of  quick  growth  and  remark- 
able keeping  qualities.  If  sown  in  early  spring  it  will  produce 
onions  one  to  two  inches  in  diameter  early  in  summer,  and  if 
sown  in  July,  will,  with  favorable  weather,  be  ready  to  pull  late 
in  autumn,  and  be  sound  and  fit  for  use  until  the  following  sum- 
mer. Particularly  valuable  for  pickles.  If  sown  thickly,  they 
will  mature  perfect,  hard  onions  from  one-half  to  three-quarters 
of  an  inch  in  diameter.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  y4  lb  65c,  lb  $1.50. 

Giant  White  Italian  Tripoli — A large,  beautiful,  pure  white, 
flat  onion  of  mild  and  excellent  flavor.  Will  produce  a some- 


ONIO 


Prizetaker — This  onion  is  perfectly  globe-shaped,  with  bright 
straw-colored  skin;  the  necks  are  very  small  and  the  onions 
always  ripen  up  hard.  An  excellent  keeper,  exceedingly  fine 
flavor,  grows  to  an  enormous  size,  onions  weighing  six  pounds 
having  been  grown  from  seed  the  first  year.  The  prize  onion  of 
this  variety  last  year  weighed  six  poundB  and  two  ounces.  Pkt 
6c,  oz  20c.  Vi  lb  60c,  IT)  $1.75. 

Extra  Early  Red — A medium  sized  flat  variety;  an  abundant 
producer,  and  very  uniform  in  shape  and  size;  moderately  strong 
flavored,  and  comes  into  use  nearly  two  weeks  earlier  than  the 
Large  Red  Weathersfield;  very  desirable  for  early  market  use. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  y4  lb  40c,  lb  $1.40. 

Large  Red  Wethersfield — This  Is  the  standard  red  variety. 
Large  size,  skin  deep  purplish-red,  form  round,  somewhat  flat- 
tened, flesh  purplish-white,  moderately  fine  grained,  and  stronger 
flavored  than  any  of  the  other  kinds.  Very  productive,  the  best 
keeper,  and  one  of  the  most  popular  for  general  cultivation. 
Pkt  5c.  oz  15c.  V,  IT)  40c.  lb  $1.50. 

Southport  Red  Globe — A very  productive  variety,  of  medium 

18 


what  larger  onion  from  seed  than  our  White  Portugal;  but  to 
attain  their  full  size  the  plants  should  be  started  very  early  in 
a hot-bed  and  set  out  in  rich  soil.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  60c,  lb  $2. 

Giant  Rocca — An  Immense  onion.  Globular  in  form,  skin 
light  brown,  flesh  mild  and  tender.  It  will  produce  a large  onion 
from  seed  the  first  season,  but  to  attain  the  largest  growth,  very 
small  bulbs  or  sets  should  be  set  out  the  second  spring,  when 
they  will  continue  increasing  in  size  instead  of  producing  seed, 
as  is  the  case  with  American  onions.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  Vi  lb  75c, 
lb  $2.50. 

BULBS  OR  SETS 

Top  Sets,  or  Buttons — These  produce  on  the  top  of  the  stalk 
instead  of  seed,  a number  of  small  bulbs  or  onions,  about  the 
size  of  acorns,  which,  if  planted,  will  produce  a large  onion, 
maturing  earlier  than  from  seed.  The  large  onion  produces  the 
top  onion,  and  the  little  top  onion  produces  the  large  onion. 
Pkt  30c  lb  postpaid;  by  express  20c,  or  5 lbs  80c. 

Yellow  Button  Sets — 30c  lb  postpaid;  by  express  20c,  or 
5 lbs  80c. 


PARSNIP 

Culture. — They  do  best  on  deep,  rich,  sandy  soil,  but  will  make  good  roots  on  any  soil  which  is  deep,  mellow  and  moderately  rich,  but 
fresh  manure  is  apt  to  make  the  roots  coarse  and  ill  shaped.  As  the  seed  is  sometimes  slow  to  germinate,  it  should  be  sown  as  early  as 
possible  in  drills  two  feet  to  two  and  one-half  feet  apart;  cover  one-half  inch  deep,  and  press  the  soil  firmly  over  the  seed;  give  frequent 
cultivation,  and  thin  the  plants  four  to  the  foot. 

Long  White  Dutch,  or  Sugar — Roots  very  long,  white,  smooth,  tender,  sugary  and  of  most  excellent  flavor.  Very  hardy,  and 
will  keep  through  winter  without  protection.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Hollow  Crown  or  Guernsey — Roots  comparatively  short,  ending  somewhat  abruptly  with  a small  tap  root;  grows  mostly 
below  the  surface;  has  a very  smooth,  clean  skin,  and  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  leaves  arising  from  a depression  on  the 
top  or  crown  of  root.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

PEAS 


Culture.— For  early  peas  the  soil  should  be  light,  warm  and  sheltered,  but  for  general  crop  a moderately  heavy  soil  is  better.  Fresh 
manure,  very  rich  or  wet,  mucky  soil  should  be  avoided,  as  they  cause  a rank  growth  of  vine  at  the  cost  of  the  quality  of  the  peas;  such  soil 
is  often  the  cause  of  the  early  sorts  maturing  unevenly.  Sow  as  early  as  possible  a few  of  the  earliest  varieties  on  warm,  quick  soil,  pre- 
pared the  fall  before.  The  general  crop  can  be  delayed  until  later,  but  we  have  met  with  better  success  from  sowing  all  the  varieties  com- 
paratively early,  depending  for  succession  upon  selecting  sorts  that  follow  each  other  in  ripening.  The  peas  will  mature  earlier  if  covered 
only  one  inch  deep,  and  where  earliness  is  the  most  important  thing,  they  may  be  treated  in  that  way,  but  larger  pods  and  more  of  them 
will  be  produced  if  the  seed  is  planted  in  trenches  three  to  six  inches  deep,  covered  with  one  or  two  inches  of  soil  until  the  plants  are  above 
the  surface,  then  filling  the  trenches;  this  will  secure  deep  rooting,  prevent  mildew  and  prolong  the  bearing  season.  If  the  peas  are  covered 
to  the  full  depth  at  first,  or  if  water  is  allowed  to  stand  in  the  trenches,  they  will  not  make  a good  stand  of  healthy  plants. 

KC^CCC4  EXTRA  EARLY  SORTS 

Earliest  of  All,  or  Alaska — Smooth,  blue  pea,  which  in  evenness  of  growth  of  vine  and  early  maturity  of  pods  is  unequaled 
by  any  other  extra  early  pea.  Vines  two  to  two  and  one-half  feet  high,  unbranched,  bearing  four  to  seven  long  pods,  which 
are  filled  with  medium-sized,  dark-green  peas  of  excellent  flavor.  Pkt  10c,  lb  15c. 

First  and  Best — By  most  careful  comparison  we  are  convinced  that  this  is  the  earliest  and  most  even  stock  of  white  extra 
early  peas  in  existence,  maturing  so  well  together  that  a single  picking,  or  at  most,  two,  will  secure  the  entire  crop.  Vines 
vigorous  and  hardy,  two  to  two  and  one-half  feet  high,  unbranched,  bearing  three  to  seven  straight  pods,  having  five  to  seven 
medium-size,  smooth  peas  of  good  quality.  Dry  pea  medium  size,  smooth,  yellowish-white.  Pkt  10c,  lb  15c. 

American  Wonder — A variety  whose  stout,  branching  vines  only  grow  about  nine  inches  high,  and  are  covered  with  long,  well- 
filled  pods,  containing  seven  or  eight  large,  exceedingly  sweet,  tender  and  well-flavored  peas,  nearly  as  early  as  First  and  Best. 
Dry  pea  medium  size,  much  wrinkled  and  flattened,  pale  green.  We  have  taken  great  pains  in  growing  our  stock,  and  know  it 
to  be  pure  and  true.  Pkt  10c,  lb  15c. 


Nott’s  Excelsior — This  variety  is  nearly  as  early  as  the  American  Wonder,  and  the  vine  is  decidedly  larger,  growing  to  a 
height  of  from  12  to  15  inches,  and  bearing  an  immense  crop  of  pods,  which  are  larger  and  invariably  well  filled  with  peas  of 

the  best  quality.  The  dry  peas  are  green,  large,  wrinkled,  often  flattened.  Market 
gardeners  use  more  of  this  sort  than  of  any  other  wrinkled  pea.  Pkt  10c,  lb  20c. 

McLean’s  Little  Gem — A very  desirable,  early  dwarf,  green,  wrinkled  variety,  grow- 
ing about  fifteen  inches  high.  When  in  a green  state  it  is  very  large,  sweet  and  of  de- 
licious flavor.  Pkt  10c,  lb  14c. 

SECOND  EARLY  SORTS 

McLean’s  Advancer — A green  wrinkled  variety,  about  two  and  a 
half  feet  high,  with  broad,  long  pods,  which  are  abundantly  pro- 
duced and  well  filled  to  the  end.  Considered  by  some  the  best  of 
its  season,  which  is  directly  after  Premium  Gem,  and  is  of  most 
excellent  flavor.  This  pea  is  used  very  extensively  by  the  market 
gardeners  in  the  vicinity  of  New  York,  on  account  of  its  great  pro- 
ductiveness, the  fine  appearance  of  its  pods,  and  its 
fine  flavor.  It  is  very  largely  used  among  canners, 
as  the  skin  will  stand  cooking  without  breaking. 

After  careful  comparison  with  other  stocks  we  are 
convinced  that  ours  is  the  best.  Pkt  10c,  lb  14c. 

Bliss’  Everbearing — A variety  maturing  soon  after 
the  Gems,  and  continuing  a long  time  in  bearing. 

Vine  stout,  about  eighteen  inches  high,  bearing  at 
the  top  six  to  ten  broad  pods.  If  these  are  removed 
as  they  mature,  and  the  season  and  soil  are  favor- 
able, the  plant  will  throw  out  from  the  axil  of  each 
leaf,  branches  bearing  pods  which  will  mature  in  suc- 
cession, thus  prolonging  the  season.  The  large 
wrinkled  peas  cook  very  quickly,  are  tender,  of  su- 
perior flavor,  and  preferred  by  many  to  any  other 
sort.  Pkt  10c,  lb  20c. 

Telephone — This  pea  has  proved  to  be  a valuable 
acquisition.  Vines  large,  with  large,  coarse  leaves. 

Pods  very  large,  filled  with  immense  peas,  which  are 
tender,  sweet,  and  of  excellent  flavor.  Notwithstand- 
ing the  large  amount  of  inferior  and  spurious  stock 
which  has  been  sold,  no  pea  of  recent  introduction 
has  gained  more  rapidly  in  popularity  than  this,  thus 
showing  that  it  has  sterling  merit,  which  gardeners 
appreciate.  The  stock  we  offer  is  prolific  and  has 
been  carefully  selected.  Pkt  10c,  lb  15c. 

LATER  SORTS 


Yorkshire  Hero — Vines  stout,  about  two  feet  high,  bearing  at  the  top  a number  of  broad  pods  filled  with  large  peas,  which 
keep  a long  time  in  season,  and  never  become  as  hard  as  most  sorts.  They  are  of  fine  quality  and  will  be  preferred  to  any 
other  by  those  who  like  a rich,  marrow-like  pea.  Pkt  10c,  lb  12  %c. 

Improved  Stratagem — A sort  in  which  the  good  qualities  which  gave  the  old  Stratagem  its  popularity,  are  so  developed  as  to 
make  this  a distinct  variety.  We  do  not  hesitate  to  pronounce  this  by  far  the  best  of  the  large  podded  peas;  the  pods  are  of 
immense  size,  uniformly  filled  with  very  large,  dark  green  peas  of  the  finest  quality;  vine  medium  height,  but  stocky,  with 

19 


broad,  light  green  leaves,  and  bearing  an  abund- 
ance of  large,  handsome  pods;  one  of  the  very 
best  varieties  for  market  gardeners.  Pkt  10c, 
Jb  20c. 

Champion  of  England — Universally  admitted  to 
be  one  of  the  richest  and  best  flavored  peas,  and 
very  productive.  Height  four  or  five  feet;  seed 
whitish-green  and  much  shriveled.  Very  inferior 
and  mixed  stocks  of  this  sort  are  often  offered, 
but  when  the  seed  is  as  well  grown  and  selected 
as  that  we  offer,  we  consider  this  variety  equal  in 
quality  to  any  in  cultivation,  and  the  best  of  its 
season,  either  for  the  amateur  or  market  gar- 
dener. Pkt  10c,  lb  12%c. 

Abundance — A second  early  variety,  attaining 
a height  of  three  feet.  Pods  3 to  3%  Inches  long, 
roundish  and  well  filled,  containing  six  to  eight 
large  wrinkled  peas  of  excellent  quality.  This 
variety  is  remarkable  for  branching  directly  from 
the  roots.  Pkt  10c,  lb  15c. 

Large  White  Marrowfat — Cultivated  very 
extensively  for  the  summer  crop.  About  five 
feet  high,  of  strong  growth.  Pods  large,  cylin- 
drical, rough,  light  colored  and  well  filled; 
seeds  large,  smooth,  round  and  yellow  or  white, 
according  to  the  soil  in  which  they  are  grown. 
It  is  excellent  for  summer  use,  but  inferior  In 
quality  to  the  new  sorts,  although  undoubtedly 
one  of  the  most  productive  of  the  garden  vari- 
eties. Pkt  5c,  lb  12%c. 

Large  Black  Eye  Marrowfat — An  excellent 
variety,  growing  about  five  feet  high;  pods 
large;  a prolific  bearer,  and  can  be  recom- 
mended as  one  of  the  very  best  Marrowfat 
sorts.  Pkt  10c,  lb  12%c. 

FIELD  PEAS 

Canadian,  Blue  Russian,  Wrinkled,  Swiss — Mar- 
ket price. 


EDIBLE  POD  OR  SUGAR 

Melting  Sugar — Grows  to  the  height  of  five  feet,  bears  a profusion  of  large, 
broad  pods,  which  are  so  brittle  that  they  snap  without  any  string.  It  should 
be  used  in  much  the  same  way  as  a Wax  bean.  The  pods  when  cooked  are 
very  sweet  and  tender.  Pkt  15c,  lb  25c. 

Very  Dwarf  Sugar — Unusually  dwarf,  very  similar  in  habit  to  the  American 
Wonder.  The  pods  are  beautifully  crimped,  are  of  unusual  size  for  such  a 
small-growing  sort,  and  are  of  exquisite,  melting  quality.  Pkt  15c,  lb  25c. 

PEPPER 

Culture— The  same  as  for  egg  plant;  the  plums  need 
quite  as  much  heat  to  perfect  them,  but  mature  sooner  and 
may  be  sown  later,  or  even  planted  out  of  doors  after  warm 
weather  has  fairly  set  In  Guano.  hen  dung,  or  any  other 
bird  manure,  hoed  into  surface  soil  when  the  plants  arc 
about  six  inches  high,  will  wonderfully  increase  the  prod- 
uct and  also  improve  the  quality  of  the  fruit. 

Red  Cherry — Plant  tall,  bearing  a profusion 
of  bright  red,  round  fruit,  which  is  very 
pungent  when  ripe.  The  plant  is  very  hand- 
some and  an  ornament  to  the  garden.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  25c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

Red  Chili — Used  in  the  manufacture  of 
pepper  sauce.  Pods  sharply  conical  and  ex- 
ceedingly pungent  when  ripe.  Requires  a 
long,  warm  season.  The  plants  should  be 
started  quite  early  in  hot  bed.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
25c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

Ruby  King — An  Improved  American  sort 
reaching  the  largest  size,  yet  retaining  the 
symmetrical  shape  of  the  smaller  sorts.  It 
is  very  bright  colored;  beautiful,  sweet  and 

mild  flavored  and  one  of  the  best  for  stuffed  pickles.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c, 
% lb  75c,  lb  $2.25.  . >1 

Large  Squash — Fruit  large,  flat,  tomato  shaped,  more  or  less  ribbed;  skin 
smooth  and  glossy;  flesh  mild,  thick  meated  and  pleasant  to  the  taste,  al- 
though possessing  more  pungency  than  the  other  large  sorts;  very  product- 
ive and  the  best  variety  for  pickling.  One  of  the  earliest  and  most  certain  to 
mature.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  V4  lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

Long  Red  Cayenne — A long,  slim,  pointed  pod,  and 
when  ripe  of  a bright  red  color.  Extremely  strong  and 
pungent.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  V4  lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

Golden  Dawn — Plants  quite  dwarf,  but  very  prolific. 
Fruit  medium  size  and  of  inverted  bell  shape,  rich,  golden 
yellow  color,  with  very  thick,  sweet,  mild  flavored  flesh. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

Large  Bell  or  Bull  Nose — A very  large  sort  of  inverted 
bell  shape,  suitable  for  filling  or  for  a mixed  pickle. 
Flesh  thick,  hard  and  less  pungent  than  most  other  sorts. 
ti»  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

Sweet  Mountain — Plants  very  vigorous  and  productive, 
growing  upright,  with  moderately  large  leaves.  Fruit  very 
large,  long,  often  eight  inches  or  more  in  length,  by  two  or 
three  in  diameter;  very  smooth  and  handsome,  being  when 
green  of  a bright,  deep  green  color,  entirely  free  from 
any  purple  tinge,  and  when  mature,  of  a rich  red.  Flesh 
very  thick,  sweet  and  mild  flavored.  Well  suited  to  use  as 
a stufTed  pickle.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  Vt  lb  75c,  lb  $2.25. 

PUMPKIN 

The  pumpkin  more  properly  belongs  to  the  farm  than  the  garden,  especially 
as  it  readily  mixes  with  and  injures  the  quality  of  the  squash. 

Culture.— Pumpkins  are  not  so  particular  In  regard  to  soil  as  melons  or  cucumbera, 
but  In  other  respects  are  cultivated  the  same,  though  on  a larger  scale.  They  are 
generally  raised  between  hills  of  corn,  but  may  be  planted  with  success  In  fields  by 
themselves.  I ' jin 

Mammoth  Potiron  Pumpkin — The  king  of  all  Pumpkins.  Has  been  grown 
to  weigh  over  225  pounds,  and  in  France,  where  it  is  from,  it  is  said  to  reach 
the  enormous  weight  of  300  pounds.  It  has  a salmon-colored  skin,  flesh  bright 
yellow,  fine  grain,  and  of  excellent  quality,  a splendid  keeper.  It  is  truly  a 
colossal  variety,  and  if  you  wish  to  astonish  your  neighbors  and  win  first  pre- 
mium at  county  or  state  fair,  do  not  fail  to  include  a packet  of  Mammoth  Pot- 
iron  Pumpkin  in  your  order.  Pkt  10c,  oz  15c,  % lb  50c.  lb  $1.50. 

Pie — Although  introduced  as  Pie  Squash  we  consider  this  a true  Pumpkin, 
and  a real  acquisition.  Fruit  small,  nearly  round.  Smooth  yellow  skin,  cov- 
ered with  gray  netting.  Fruit  very  thick,  sweet  and  fine  flavored.  Makes 
very  delicious  pies.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  lb  15c,  lb  60c. 

Large  Yellow — Grows  to  a large  size  and  is  adapted  for  cooking  purposes 
and  feeding  stock.  It  is  irregular  in  shape  and  size,  some  being  depressed 
and  flattened  at  the  ends,  others  round  or  elongated;  of  deep,  rich,  yellow 
color,  of  fine  grain  and  excellent  flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  16c,  lb  50c. 

Sweet  Cheese,  or  Kentucky  Field — By  far  the  best  variety  for  planting  in 
the  South.  Large,  oblong,  mottled,  light  green  and  yellow,  with  very  thick, 
sweet,  tender  yellow  flesh.  Pkt  6c,  oz  10c.  14  lb  15c,  lb  50c. 

20 


Culture.— For  the  home  garden  sow  on  rich,  sandy  soil  as  early  In 

the  spring  as  it  is  fit  to  work.  For  forcing  sow  in  hot-beds,  having 
very  rich,  sandy  soil,  made  perfectly  level,  scattering  evenly  over  the 
whole  surface  from  sixty  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  seeds  to  the  square 
foot.  Cover  with  one-half  inch  of  soil  sifted  on,  and  attend  carefully 
to  the  watering  and  airing.  If  the  bed  is  a good  one  the  whole  crop 
can  be  marketed  in  twenty-one  to  thirty  days  after  planting.  In  open 
ground  culture  sow  in  drills  twelve  inches  apart  and  thin  to  such  a 
distance  in  the  row  as  to  prevent  crowding.  A good  dressing  of  nitrate 
of  soda  will  greatly  stimulate  growth  and  insure  tender,  brittle  roots. 
_Successional  sowings  from  one  week  to  ten  days  apart  will  keep  up  a 
supply.  After  the  hot  weather  of  summer  begins  it  is  better  to  sow 
the  summer  and  winter  varieties,  as  they  do  not  become  tough  and 
stringy  nor  pithy  so  quickly  as  the  early  sorts. 

EXTRA  EARLY  VARIETIES— TURNIP  SHAPED. 

Early  Scarlet  Turnip — This  has  as  small  a top  and  is  as 
early  as  any  variety  in  cultivation,  making  it  one  of  the  best  for 
forcing.  Roots  fit  for  use  may  he  had  in  three  weeks  or  less 
from  time  of  sowing.  Roots  small,  globular,  deep  rich  red 
color;  flesh  white,  crisp  and  tender  when  young.  May  be 
planted  very  closely,  owing  to  its  small  tops.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
y4  lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

Early  Scarlet  Turnip,  White  Tipped — One  of  the  handsom- 
est of  the  turnip  radishes  and  a great  favorite  in  many  large 
markets,  for  early  planting  outdoors.  While  it  is  not  a dis- 
tinctively forcing  radish,  it  is  but  little  later  than  the  best  of 
that  class,  and  will  give  entire  satisfaction,  where  extreme  ear- 
liness is  not  the  primary  object.  Roots  slightly  flattened  on 
the  under  side,  color  very  deep  scarlet  with  a white  tip,  flesh 
white  and  of  the  best  quality.  We  recommend  this  as  one  of 
the  best  for  early  planting,  either  for  home  or  market  use. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

Rosy  Gem— The  favorite  variety,  for  outdoor  cultivation. 
Medium  size,  uniform  shape,  color  bright  scarlet,  sharply  con- 
trasting with  white  tip,  which  makes  it  most  attractive.  It 
grows  quickly,  maturing  in  twenty-five  days.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  20c,  lb  55c. 

Early  White,  Turnip  Rooted — A little  flatter  than  the  Scar- 
let Turnip  Rooted  and  pure  white  in  color.  It  has  a very  small 
top;  white,  semi-transparant  flesh,  and  is  slightly  later  than 
the  Scarlet  Turnip  in  maturing,  but  will  stand  more  heat  and 
remain  longer  in  condition  for  use.  An  inferior  strain  is  often 
sold  under  the  name  of  White  Boy.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  y4  lb  20c, 
lb  65c. 

OLIVE  SHAPED. 

Early  Scarlet,  Olive  Shaped— In  the  form  of  an  olive,  ter- 
minating in  a very  slim  tap  root.  Skin  scarlet;  neck  small; 
flesh  rose  colored,  tender  and  excellent.  Early  and  well  adapt- 
ed for  forcing  or  general  crop.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

Early  White,  Olive  Shaped — Differs  from  the  Scarlet  Olive 
Shaped  in  color  and  in  being  a little  longer.  The  roots,  when 
well  grown,  are  clear  white.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  y4  lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

French  Breakfast — A medium  sized  radish,  olive  shaped, 
small  top,  of  quick  growth,  very  crisp  and  tender,  of  a beautiful 
scarlet  color,  except  near  the  tip,  which  is  pure  white.  A splen- 
did variety  for  the  table,  on  account  of  its  excellent  quality  and 
its  beautiful  color.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  *4  lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

LONG  VARIETIES. 

Long  Brightest  Scarlet,  White  Tipped— The  brightest  and 
handsomest  scarlet  color  we  have  seen  in  any  radish.  We  think 
this  variety  is  a decided  improvement  in  earliness  and  color 
over  other  varieties  of  this  class.  It  makes  roots  fit  for  use  in 
about  twenty-five  days,  when  planted  outdoors.  It  has  a small 
top  and  no  tendency  to*  neckiness.  It  may  also  be  used  for 
forcing;  grows  to  the  same  size  as  Wood’s  Early  Frame.  Mar- 
ket gardeners  should  use  this  for  early  planting,  as  its  color 


alone  will  make  it  sell.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  y4  lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

Early  Long  Scarlet,  Short  Top, 
Improved — This  is  a standard  vari- 
ety for  private  garden  or  market 
use,  particularly  for  outdoor  cul- 
ture. It  grows  six  or  seven  inches 
long,  half  out  of  the  ground,  is  uni- 
formly straight  and  smooth ; is 
very  brittle  and  crisp,  and  of  quick 
growth;  color  bright  scarlet;  top 
small.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  y4  lb  20c, 
lb  65c. 

Improved  Chartier  — Although 
this  American  variety  is  too  strong 
growing  to  be  used  for  forcing,  it 
is  one  of  the  very  best  for  sowing 
outdoors.  The  roots  come  to  usa- 
ble size  very  early,  remaining  hard 
and  crisp  until  they  reach  a diame- 
ter of  one  and  one-half  or  two  inches,  and  so  furnish  good  roots 
two  or  three  times  as  long  as  any  of  the  above.  Roots  scarlet- 
rose  above,  shading  into  white  at  the  tip.  They  are  long, 
cylindrical  for  the  upper  two-thirds,  and  then  gradually  taper 
to  the  tip.  Flesh  white,  crisp  and  mild  flavored.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
10c,  y4  lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

Long  White  Vienna,  or  Lady  Finger — Earlier  than  the  last, 
with  straight,  smooth,  white  roots;  flesh  white,  very  tender, 
crisp  and  juicy.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

Long  Black  Summer — In  this  distinct  sort  we  have  a true 
summer  radish,  which  may  be  planted  from  March  to  July  and 
treated  in  every  way  as  any  other,  and  if  planted  late  is  as  good 
in  every  respect  for  winter  use  as  the  Long  Black  Spanish  Win- 
ter. Top  very  much  smaller  than  that  variety;  roots  a little 
shorter,  more  symmetrical,  and  smoother  skin;  tapers  more 
abruptly  at  the  tip;  color  of  skin  much  deeper  black;  flesh  as 
white  and  firm;  flavor  about  as  pungent.  The  handsomest  black 
radish,  and  is  worthy  of  a thorough  trial.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb 
20c,  lb  65c. 

White  Strasburg — This  grows  to  the  largest  size  and  is  usa- 
ble when  quite  small,  thus  covering  a long  season.  The  mature 
roots  are  four  to  five  inches  long  and  about  two  inches  thick; 
very  white;  the  flesh  is  exceedingly  crisp  and  tender.  One  of 
the  best  of  the  large  summer  sorts.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c, 
lb  65c. 

Early  White  Giant  Stuttgart — Root  large,  often  four  inches 
in  diameter,  top  shaped.  Skin  white;  flesh  white  and  crisp,  and 
not  becoming  strong  oY  pithy  until  very  late,  so  that  those  not 
used  as  a summer  radish  can  be  stored  for  winter  use.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  y4  lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

WINTER  VARIETIES. 

Culture. — Sow  about  the  same  time  as  winter  turnips,  on  light,  rich 
soil,  in  drills  eighteen  inches  apart;  give  frequent  cultivation,  and 
thin  two  to  six  inches  apart,  according  to  size  of  the  variety.  For 
winter  use  pull  before  severe  frost,  and  store  in  damp  sand  in  cellar. 

Scarlet  China,  Winter — Roots  cylindrical,  or  largest  at  the 
bottom,  tapering  abruptly  to  a small  top.  Skin  very  smooth 
and  of  a bright  rose  color;  flesh  firm,  like  the  Black  Spanish, 
but  more  pungent.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  25c,  lb  80c. 

California  Mammoth  White  China,  Winter — First  introduced 
into  this  country  by  the  Chinese  in  California.  It  is  pure  white, 
about  one  foot  long  and  two  or  three  inches  through,  tapering 
regularly  to  the  tip.  The  flesh  is  ten,der  and  crisp,  keeping 
well  through  the  winter.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  25c,  lb  80c. 

Long  Black  Spanish,  Winter — One  of  the  latest  as  well  as 
the  hardiest  of  the  radishes;  an  excellent  sort  for  winter  use. 
Roots  oblong,  black,  of  very  large  size  and  firm  texture.  Pkt 
5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  65c. 

Round  Black  Spanish,  Winter — Roots  round,  sometimes  top- 
shaped, three  or  four  inches  in  diameter;  skin  black;  flesh 
white,  very  compact  and  highly  flavored.  An  excellent  sort 
for  winter,  as  the  roots  keep  a long  time.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb 
20c,  lb  65c. 

RHUBARB,  OR  PIETPLANT 

Victoria— Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Giant— Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Linnaeus — Pkt  5c,  oz  16c,  y4  lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Rhubarb  Roots — 15c  each,  $1  per  doz  by  express;  by  mail, 
prepaid,  25c  each,  $2  per  doz. 

21 


SPINAGE 


Gorman,  Spln&t. 


French,  Eplnard. 


Culture. — Should  be 
planted  In  very  rich 
ground,  the  richer  the 
better.  Sow  In  drills 
one  foot  apart  and 
commence  thinning 
out  the  plants  when 
the  leaves  are  an  inch 
wide.  All  should  be 
cut  before  hot  weath- 
er. or  It  will  be  tough 
and  stringy.  For  early 
spring  use  the  seed 
should  be  sown  early 
In  autumn.  In  the 
north  the  plants  will 
require  a slight  pro- 
tection of  leaves  or 
straw,  but  In  the 
southern  states  no 
protection  Is  neces- 
sary. and  they  will 
continue  their  growth 
most  of  the  winter. 

The  Spinach  is 
very  hardy,  ex- 
tremely wholesome 
and  palatable,  and 
makes  a delicious 
dish  of  greens,  re- 
taining its  bright 
green  color  after 
cooking. 

Round  Summer — This  variety  is  generally  preferred  for  early 
spring  sowing,  and  is  the  most  popular  with  our  market  gar- 
deners; the  leaves  are  large,  thick  and  fleshy,  not  quite  so 
hardy  as  the  Prickly  Winter,  but  stands  the  winter  very  well. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  V,  lb  15c,  lb  35c. 

Savoy  Leaved — The  earliest  variety  and  one  of  the  best  to 
plant  in  autumn  for  early  spring  use.  Plant  of  upright  growth, 
with  narrow,  pointed  leaves,  which  are  savoyed  like  those  of 
cabbage.  It  grows  quickly  to  a suitable  size  for  use,  but  soon 
runs  to  seed.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  15c,  lb  35c. 

Improved  Thick  Leaved — An  Improvement  on  the  preceding, 
with  larger  and  thicker  leaves,  and  of  more  substance.  Par- 
ticularly recommended  for  market  garden  use.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
Vi  lb  15c,  lb  35c. 

Long  Standing — An  improved  round  seeded  strain  of  excel- 
lent merit,  having  all  the  good  qualities  of  the  ordinary  sorts. 
It  is  especially  desirable  because  it  goes  to  seed  much  later  than 
any  other  variety.  This  will  be  highly  appreciated  by  market 
gardeners.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  15c,  lb  35c. 

Long  Standing  Prickly — The  plants  mature  a little  later  than 
the  round  leaved  sorts,  but  furnish  a large  quantity  of  very  thick 
and  well  flavored  leaves.  This  is  one  of  the  best  sorts  for  market 
gardeners.  Has  prickly  seed.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  15c,  lb  35c. 

Prickly  Winter — The  hardiest  variety,  and  will  withstand  the 
severest  weather,  with  only  a slight  protection  of  leaves  or 
straw.  The  seed  is  prickly,  leaves  triangular,  oblong  or  arrow 
shaped.  It  is  employed  for  fall  sowing,  which  in  this  latitude  is 
made  about  the  first  of  September.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  15c, 
lb  35c. 


SQUASH 


Culture.— The  plants 
are  very  tender  and 
sensitive  to  cold,  and 
planting  must  be  de- 
layed until  settled 
warm  weather.  The 
general  principles  of 
culture  are  the  same 
as  those  given  for  cu- 
cumbers and  melons, 
but  the  plants  are  less 
particular  as  to  soil. 

The  summer  varieties 
should  be  planted  four 
to  six  feet  apart  each 
way.  and  the  winter 
sorts  eight  to  ten. 

Three  plants  are  suffi- 
cient for  a hill.  Care 
should  be  taken  not  to 
break  the  stems  from 
the  squashes  Intended 
for  winter  use,  as  the 
slightest  Injury  will 
Increase  the  liability 
to  decay. 

Early  Yellow  Bush  Scallop— An  early,  flat  scallop  shaped 
variety,  color  yellow,  flesh  pale  yellow  and  well  flavored;  very 
productive;  used  when  young  and  tender.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb 
30c,  lb  60c. 


Early  White  Bush  Scallop — Similar  in  form  to  the  preceding, 
but  with  a clear  white  skin,  and  more  tender  and  delicate  flesh. 
By  many  considered  the  best  of  summer  varieties.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
10c.  Vi  lb  30c,  lb  60c. 

Mammoth  Summer  Crookneck — It  is  the  beBt  summer  squash, 
and  for  these  reasons:  It  is  twice  as  large  as  the  ordinary  Sum- 

mer Crookneck,  far  more  warty,  and  several  days  earlier.  This 
combination  of  earliness,  large  size  and  wartiness,  which  adds 
so  much  to  its  attractiveness,  makes  it  altogether  the  most 
desirable  squash  for  the  market  or  private  garden.  Pkt  5c.  oz 
10c,  V4  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

White  Summer  Crookneck — Introduced  in  1895.  This  novelty 
is  the  result  of  several  years’  careful  selection  and  will  be  cer- 
tain to  give  general  satisfaction.  The  ivory  white  fruit  of  this 
new,  distinct  and  beautiful  variety  always  attracts  attention,  as 
it  is  much  handsomer  than  the  Yellow  Summer  Crookneck.  It 
comes  perfectly  true,  and  has  pleased  all  who  have  tried  it.  Our 
stock  can  be  relied  upon  to  produce  fruits  uniform  in  shape,  form 
and  color  and  unequaled  in  beauty  and  quality.  Pkt  10c,  oz  20c, 
VI  lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Mammoth  White  Bush  Scallop — Many  seedsmen  have  listed 
Mammoth  White  Bush  Scallop  Squash,  but  until  this  stock  in 
1895,  there  was  no  uniformly  large,  clear  white  scalloped  squash 
in  trade.  We  have  carefully  compared  our  stock  with  that  ob- 
tained elsewhere  and  find  it  much  superior,  the  fruit  being 
larger,  clear  white  and  of  handsome  form.  The  best  of  the  scal- 
loped squashes.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  V4  lb  25c,  lb  $1.00. 


WINTER  VARIETIES 

Boston  Marrow — A fall  and  winter  variety,  very  popular  in 
the  Boston  market.  Of  oval  form;  skin  thin,  when  ripe,  bright 
orange  mottled  with  light  cream  color;  flesh  rich  salmon  yellow, 
fine  grained,  and  for  sweetness  and  excellence  unsurpassed,  but 
not  as  dry  as  the  Hubbard.  We  have  an  unusually  good  stock 
of  this  sort.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Early  Prolific  Marrow — A variety  developed  by  selection  from 
the  Boston  Marrow,  but  much  earlier  and  the  earliest  of  the 
winter  varieties.  Fruit  small,  of  deep  orange  color  netted  with 
cream;  shape  similar  to  Boston  Marrow,  flesh  thick,  deep  yellow, 
of  fine  quality.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  Vi  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Hubbard — This  is  a superior  variety,  and  the  best  winter 
squash  known;  flesh  bright  orange  yellow,  fine  grained,  very  dry, 
sweet  and  rich  flavored;  keeps  perfectly  good  throughout  the 
winter;  boils  or  bakes  exceedingly  dry,  and  is  esteemed.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  V4  lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Warted  Hubbard — A Hubbard  squash,  large,  blackish  green, 
hard  as  wood,  with  warty  knobs  all  over  it,  satisfies  even  the 
inexperienced  observer  that  it  is  rich  in  quality,  a keeper  and 
thick  fleshed.  Such  will  sell  at  sight,  while  ordinary  small,  irreg- 
ular, poorly  colored  specimens  stay  on  the  stand  until  they  rot. 
This  strain  has  become  very  popular.  Oz  10c,  Vi  lb  25c,  lb  80c. 

Mammoth  Chili — An  exceedingly  large  variety;  200-pound 
specimens  adorn  our  exhibitions  and  amaze  the  visitors.  It 
affords  palatable  food  for  both  man  and  beast.  Oz  15c,  y4  lb 
35c,  lb  $1.00. 

SUGAR  CANE 

See  Grain  and  Field  Seed  page. 


22 


OUR 

1901 

HUBBARD 


The  - 

Purest  Strain 

..of.. 


Hubbard 

Squash 

Ever  Offered 


We  have  taken  the  utmost  care  in  selecting  this  Seed  and  guarantee  it  to  be  the 
purest  stock  of  Hubbard  Squash  that  can  be  had  anywhere. 

Its  keeping  qualities  are  unsurpassed,  also  its  flavor,  and  its  flesh  is  bright  and  of 
exceedingly  fine  grain. 

It  yields  not  small,  ill-shaped  Squashes,  but  every  one  is  large  and  uniform  in 
shape.  Its  shell  is  very  thin  and  brittle. 

A large  package  of  this  superior  strain  for  10c;  I oz.,  20c;  1-4  lb.,  40c;  I lb.,  75c. 


Salsify,  or  Vegetable  Oyster 


Culture.— It  Succeeds  best  In 
light,  well  enriched  soil  which 
should  be  stirred  to  a good 
depth.  If  it  is  necessary  to  use 
manure,  it  should  be  very  fine 
and  well  rotted,  for  if  it  is  fresh 
and  coarse  the  roots  will  grow 
irregular  and  ill-shaped.  Sow 
early  and  quite  deep,  giving  the 
general  culture  recommended 
for  parsnip.  The  roots  are  per- 
fectly hardy  and  may  remain 
out  all  winter,  but  should  be 
dug  early  in  spring,  as  they  de- 
teriorate rapidly  after  growth 
commences.  Store  a quantity 
for  winter  use  in  a pit,  or  in  a 
cellar  in  damp  earth  or  sand. 

Large  White — The  old  sort. 
Roots  medium  size,  smooth; 
flesh  white.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  30c,  lb  $1.00. 

Mammoth  Sandwich  Island 

— This  is  in  every  way  su- 
perior to  the  old  sort,  being 
larger,  stronger  growing  and 
less  liable  to  branch.  Inval- 
uable to  market  gardeners. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  % lb  40c,  lb 
$1.25. 


PARSLEY 


Culture— It  requires 
rich  mellow  soil.  The 
seed  is  even  slower 
than  parsnip  in  germi- 
nating, and  should  be 
sown  as  early  as  pos- 
sible in  the  spring,  in 
drills  one  foot  apart, 
and  when  the  plants 
are  well  up,  thin  to  one 
foot  in  the  row.  When 
the  leaves  become  old 
and  dull  they  may  be 
cut  off  and  the  piant 
will  start  a new 
growth,  which  will  be 
brighter  and  better 
curled.  The  fern 
leaved  and  moss 
curled  varieties  make 
beautiful  border 
plants. 


Plain — Leaves  plain  or  flat  and  very  dark  colored.  It  is  often 
preferred  on  this  account  because  of  its  hardiness.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
10c,  i lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Champion  Moss  Curled— A compact  growing,  finely  cut  and 
much  curled  variety,  of  a bright  green  color.  Owing  to  its  fine 
color  and  density  of  foliage  it  is  much  sought  after.  Pkt  5c,  oz 
10c,  i lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Fine  Triple  Curled,  or  Myatt’s  Garnishing — A fine  free 
growing  but  not  large  variety.  The  plants  bear  a great  number  of 
leaves,  which  are  so  abundant  and  so  finely  curled  that  they  re- 
semble a bunch  of  moss.  The  leaves  are  bright,  pale  green,  and 
exceedingly  handsome.  Greatly  prized  for  garnishing  and  table 
decoration.  One  of  the  best  for  market  or  private  gardens.  Pkt 
5c,  oz  10c,  i lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

Turnip  Rooted,  or  Hamburg — The  root,  which  resembles  a 
small  parsnip,  is  the  edible  portion  of  this  variety,  which  is  ex- 
tensively grown  and  used  for  flavoring  soups,  etc.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
i lb  20c,  lb  60c. 

23 


TOMATO 

Culture— Tomatoes  do  best  on  light,  warm,  not  over-  rich  soil,  and  success  depunds 
ugon  securing  a rapid,  vigorous,  unchecked  growth  during  the  early  part  of  the  season. 
Sow  In  hot-beds  f rom  six  to  eight  weeks  before  they  cau  be  set  out  of  doors,  which  Is 
when  danger  from  frost  is  past ; when  the  plants  have  four  leaves  transplant  Into  shal- 
low boxes  or  cold  frames,  setting  them  fouror  five  inches  apart ; give  plenty  of  air.  and 
endeavor  to  secure  a vigorous  but  steady  and  healthy  growth,  so  that  at  the  time  of 
setting  In  the  open  ground  they  will  be  strong  and  stocky.  Set  out  of  doors  as  soon  as 
danger  from  frost  Is  over,  but  before  doing  so  harden  off  the  plants  by  gradually  ex- 
posing them  to  the  night  air  and  by  the  withdrawal  of  wuter  until  the  wood  becomes 
hard  and  the  leaves  thick  and  of  a dark  green  color.  Transplant  carefully  and  culti- 
vate well  as  long  as  the  vines  will  permit. 


There  are  many  other  varieties  offered  by  various  seedsmen  and  we  know  that 
some  of  them  are  of  great  excellence,  but  we  have  not  found  any  that  were  su- 
perior to  some  on  our  list.  We  think  a careful  reading  of  the  descriptions  will 
enablo  one  to  select  a sort  from  our  Hat  which  will  suit  and  be  as  good  or  better 
than  can  be  procured  elsewhere.  But  we  do  wish  to  call  particular  attention  to 
the  first  two  varieties  mentioned,  as  we  believe  them  to  be  nearer  perfect  than 
any  other  varieties  ever  offered. 

Crimson  Cushion — Is  more 
symmetrical  in  shape  and  is 
thicker  through  from  stem  to 
"blossom  end”  than  any  other 
variety;  in  fact,  so  marked  is 
this  characteristic  that  it  is  fre- 
quently almost  round.  The  color 
is  brilliant  scarlet  crimson,  un- 
tinged with  purple,  and  ripens 
up  almost  completely  to  the 
stem.  The  Crimson  Cushion, 
like  the  Ponderosa,  is  almost 
seedless,  requiring  from  10  to  12 
bushels  of  ripe  fruit  to  produce 
one  pound  of  seed,  whereas  a 
pound  of  seed  is  realized  from 
three  bushels  of  ordinary  toma- 
toes. These  figures  tell  better 
than  any  description  the  “seed- 
less” character  of  this  grand 
variety.  The  flesh  is  firm  and 
"meaty,”  and  of  superb  quality. 

It  is  enormously  prolific  and 
early  for  so  large  a tomato.  Pkt 
10c,  oz  25c,  % lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 

Honor  Bright — A distinct  va- 
riety whose  color  changes  dur- 
ing the  ripening  period  are  very 
beautiful.  In  its  green  state  it 
is  an  almost  white  waxen  green, 
changing  to  a bright  lemon  and 
from  that  to  a light  orange,  and 
at  maturity  it  is  a bright  red.  A 
splendid  cropper,  quite  early 
and  hardy,  and  its  solidity 
makes  it  a good  shipper  as  well 
as  a table  variety.  It  is  des- 
tined to  become  one  of  the  most 
popular  varieties  for  general 
purposes.  Pkt  15c,  oz  25c,  Vi 
lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 

Atlantic  Prize — The  Atlantic  Prize  ripens  up  a large  propor- 
tion of  its  crop  the  earliest  of  any.  We  do  not  hesitate  to  pro- 
nounce it  the  largest,  smoothest,  best  flavored  and  brightest  col- 
ored extra  early  tomato.  Vine  medium  size,  with  few  leaves, 
very  hardy,  bearing  the  fruit  low  down  on  the  stem  and  in  enor- 
mous clusters,  which  ripen  all  together.  Those  whose  trade 
demands  that  they  have  a large,  smooth,  good  flavored,  very 
early  fruit,  will  find  this  variety  to  be  just  what  they  want. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  Vi  lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Early  Michigan — There  is  no  better  variety  than  this  for  gen- 
eral market  or  family  use.  For  smoothness  and  regularity  of 
shape,  uniformity  of  size,  color  and  freedom  from  rot  or  crack- 
ing, this  variety  is  unsurpassed.  It  is  not  only  an  extremely 
smooth  and  perfectly  shaped  tomato,  but  it  is  also  very  early, 
ripening  its  first  fruit  almost  as  early  as  any  sort.  Vines  large, 
with  dark  green  leaves;  vigorous,  large  and  wonderfully  pro- 
ductive, being,  under  high  culture,  one  of  the  heaviest  croppers; 
fruit  medium  size  to  large,  and,  unlike  most  varieties,  grows 
larger  as  the  season  advances,  perfectly  smooth,  solid,  but  with- 
out any  core;  deep,  rich  red  color  and  of  excellent  flavor.  This 
kind  Is  admirably  adapted  to  canners’  use.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c, 
Vi  lb  60c,  !b  $2.00. 

Optimus — One  of  the  best  table  tomatoes,  at  least  as  far  as 
quality  is  concerned.  Vine  medium  size  but  vigorous,  healthy 
and  productive.  Fruit  medium  size,  oval,  very  smooth  and  of 
exceedingly  bright,  crimson-scarlet  color.  The  flesh  is  of  a 
crimson-scarlet  color,  quite  distinct.  It  is  also  one  of  the  best 
in  flavor  and  entirely  free  from  the  hard  spots  found  in  so  many 
others.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  Vi  lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Favorite — Vine  medium,  with  large,  dark  green  leaves,  having 
numerous  clusters  of  three  to  seven  large  tomatoes,  which  are  a 

24 


rich,  dark  red  color,  of  oval  outline,  exceedingly  smooth;  flesh 
very  firm,  but  without  green  spots.  This  is  a favorite  variety 
on  account  of  its  smooth,  handsome  fruit.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c, 
Vi  lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Royal  Red — Vines  stronger  and  more  vigorous  than  the 
Favorite.  The  fruit  is  larger,  brighter,  deeper  red  and  fully  as 
good  in  quality.  This  is  certainly  a fine  tomato  for  those  who 
prize  large  size  and  bright  color.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  Vi  lb  60c,  lb  $2. 

Trophy — Well  known  as  one  of  the  best.  Vines  of  medium 
size,  but  producing  compact  clusters  of  fruit  in  immense  quan- 
tities; fruit  large,  smooth,  of  bright  red  color,  solid  and  of  good 
flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  Vi  lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 

Perfection — A variety  similar  to  the  last,  but  an  improvement 
upon  it,  being  a little  earlier,  and  invariably  smooth  and  hand- 
some. It  is  one  of  the  handsomest  tomatoes  grown,  and  all  who 
have  tried  it  pronounce  It  of  the  highest  quality.  Has  been  used 


very  satisfactorily  for  forcing  under  glass.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c, 
y4  tb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

PURPLE  FRUITED  SORTS 

Acme — One  of  the  smoothest  and  evenest  in  size  and  earliest 
of  the  purple  fruited  sorts.  Vines  large,  hardy  and  productive, 
ripening  its  first  fruit  almost  as  early  as  any.  Fruit  in  clusters 
of  four  or  five,  round,  smooth  and  of  good  size;  stands  shipment 
remarkably  well;  flesh  solid  and  of  excellent  flavor.  This  variety 
is  used  for  planting  under  glass.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  Vi  lb  60c,  lb  $2. 

Essex  Early  Hybrid — Very  similar  to  the  Acme,  fruit  slightly 
darker  purple,  always  smooth  and  handsome;  quality  among 
the  best.  Will  certainly  give  satisfaction  wherever  the  Acme 
does.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  Vi  lb  60c,  lb  $2.00. 

Dwarf  Champion — This  is  a purple  fruited  variety  which 
forms  very  stout,  strong  plants,  about  two  feet  high.  This  sort 
is  often  sold  as  Tree  Tomato.  Fruit  smooth,  medium  size;  color 
purplish-pink,  fairly  solid,  but  has  no  hard  core,  and  is  of  good 
flavor.  The  dwarf  habit  of  the  vines  makes  it  very  desirable  for 
forcing,  as  it  can  be  planted  closer  to  the  glass,  and  more  closely 
on  the  bench,  than  the  tall  growing  kinds.  Pkt  6c,  oz  25c, 
y4  !t>  76c,  lb  $2.50. 

Mikado,  or  Turner’s  Hybrid — The  largest  purple-fruited  to- 
mota,  weighing  as  high  as  28  ounces,  while  the  average  weight 
is  probably  not  less  than  12  ounces.  Vines  large,  coarse  grow- 
ing, with  leaves  entire,  like  those  of  the  potato  plant;  very  pro- 
ductive, and  is  early  for  so  large  a tomato;  fruit  extremely  large, 
round,  solid,  with  few  seeds.  Pkt  5c,  oz  25c,  Vi  lb  75c,  lb  $2.50. 
MISCELLANEOUS  SORTS 

Golden  Queen— Pkt 5c,  o>.25c.  lb$2.  Peach— Pkt5c,  oz25c,  lb  12.  Red  PearShaped 
—Pkt5c.oz25c.lb|2.  Yellow  Plum— Pkt  6c,  oz  25c,  lb  $2.  Yellow  Cherry— Pkt  5o,  oz 
25o,  lb  13.  Hulk  or  Ground— Pkt  10c,  oz25c,  lb  $2.  Cher,y-Pkt  10c,  oz  25c,  lb  $2. 


TURNIPS  AND  RUTA  BAG  AS 


TURNIPS  AND  RUTA  BAGAS 

For  feeding  stock  in  fall  and  winter  there  is  nothing  superior  to  turnips  and  ruta  bagas,  and  they  will  yield  a 
larger  amount  of  food  than  anything  else  on  the  same  space  of  ground.  We  cannot  too  earnestly  recommend  farmers  to 
increase  their  sowings  largely,  for  we  are  sure  no  crop  will  prove  more  remunerative. 


Extra  Early  Purple  Top  Milan — Tops  very  small,  distinctly 
strap  leaved,  and  growing  very  erect  and  compact.  The  roots 
are  small  and  flat  turnip  shaped;  skin  purple  on  top  of  the  root, 
clear  white  below;  flesh  white.  The  most  desirable  sort  for 
forcing,  or  very  early  planting  outdoors.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb 
25c,  lb  $1.00. 

White  Egg — A quick  growing,  egg  shaped,  perfectly  smooth, 
pure  white  variety,  growing  half  out  of  the  ground,  with  small 
top  and  rough  leaves.  The  flesh  is  very  sweet,  firm  and  mild, 
never  having  the  rank,  strong  taste  of  some  white  varieties. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Early  White  Flat  Dutch,  Strap  Leaved — A most  excellent 
early  garden  variety,  much  used  in  the  Southern  states.  Roots 
medium  size,  flat;  color  white,  very  early,  sweet  and  tender. 
It  is  desirable  for  table  use,  and  is  spongy  and  inferior  when 
overgrown.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Early  Purple  Top  Strap  Leaved — This  is  an  early  variety 
and  a great  variety  for  table  use;  form  exceedingly  flat,  like  a 
broad  disk  in  shape,  and  of  medium  size;  color  purple  or  dark 
red  above  ground,  white  below;  flesh  white,  fine  grained  and 
tender;  leaves  few,  entire,  upright  in  growth.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
V4  lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Purple  Top  White  Globe — A variety  of  the  purple  top  flat 
turnip,  from  which  it  originated.  It  is  globular  in  form,  and 
nearly  as  large  as  the  Pomeranean  White  Globe;  of  beautiful 
appearance,  of  most  excellent  quality,  and  equally  desirable  for 
table  or  stock.  It  keeps  well  and  is  a fine  market  sort.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Cow  Horn,  or  Long  White — This  variety  is  carrot-like  in 
form,  growing  nearly  half  out  of  the  ground,  and  generally 
slightly  crooked.  It  is  pure  white,  except  a little  shade  of  green 
at  the  top.  It  is  delicate  and  well  flavored,  of  very  rapid  growth, 
and  has  obtained  considerable  favor  as  a market  sort  for  fall 
and  early  winter  use.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Large  White  Norfolk — A standard  sort  for  field  culture,  which 
often  attains  a very  large  size;  extensively  grown  all  over  the 
world  for  stock  feeding.  Shape  spherical,  or  slightly  flattened; 
color  white.  The  seed  should  be  sown  a little  earlier  than  table 
sorts.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Pomeranean  White  Globe — Is  one  of  the  most  productive 
kinds;  in  good  rich  soil  roots  will  frequently  grow  to  twelve 
pounds  in  weight.  It  is  of  perfect  globe  shape;  skin  white  and 
smooth;  leaves  dark  green  and  of  strong  growth.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  20c,  lb  50c. 


Sweet  German — This  variety  is  very  popular  in  many  sec- 
tions. It  partakes  largely  of  the  nature  of  the  ruta  baga,  and 
should  be  sown  a month  earlier  than  the  flat  turnips.  The  flesh 
is  white,  hard,  firm  and  sweet;  keeps  nearly  as  well  as  the 
ruta  baga.  Highly  recommended  for  winter  and  spring  use. 
Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

YELLOW  FLESHED  SORTS 

Large  Amber  Globe — One  of  the  best  varieties  either  for 
table  use  or  for  a field  crop  for  stock.  Flesh  yellow,  fine  grained 
and  sweet;  color  of  skin  yellow,  with  green  top.  Hardy,  keeps 
well,  a good  cropper,  and  grows  to  a very  large  size.  Pkt  5c, 
oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Orange  Jelly,  or  Robertson’s  Golden  Ball — Undqubtedly 
among  the  most  delicate  and  sweetest  yellow  fleshed  turnips  yet 
produced.  Not  of  large  size,  but  firm,  hard  and  of  most  excel- 
lent flavor.  Keeps  well  and  is  superior  as  a table  variety.  Pkt 
5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Purple  Top  Yellow  Aberdeen — Roots  medium  size,  round; 
flesh  pale  yellow,  tender  and  sugary;  hardy  and  productive,  and 
keeps  well.  It  is  an  old  esteemed  variety,  considered  as  ap- 
proaching very  nearly  to  the  ruta  baga  in  hardness  and  firmness 
of  texture.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

SWEDES,  OR  RUTA  BAGAS 

Improved  Purple  Top  Yellow  Ruta  Baga — A hardy  and  pro- 
ductive variety.  Flesh  yellow,  of  solid  texture,  sweet  and  well 
flavored;  shape  slightly  oblong,  terminating  abruptly;  color  deep 
purple  above  and  bright  yellow  under  the  ground;  leaves  small, 
light  green.  Has  but  little  neck.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Monarch,  or  Tankard  Ruta  Baga — This  is  a yellow  fleshed 
sort,  having  very  large,  tankard  shaped  roots,  with  relatively 
small  necks  and  tops.  Color  purplish-crimson  above  ground, 
yellow  below;  flesh  very  solid,  fine  grained  and  of  the  best 
flavor.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Yellow  Swede,  or  Ruta  Baga — Shape  oblong;  dull  reddish 
color  above  ground,  but  yellow  underneath;  is  hardier  than  the 
common  turnip  and  will  keep  solid  till  spring.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c, 
% lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Sweet  Russian,  or  White  Ruta  Baga — Very  large  size,  good 
for  table  and  for  stock;  flesh  white,  solid  and  sweet;  heavy 
cropper  and  good  keeper.  Oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

Prize  Winner — A uniform  shaped,  large  sized,  purple  top 
kind;  a heavy  cropper,  good  keeper,  and  well  it  deserves  that 
name.  Oz  10c,  % lb  20c,  lb  50c. 

25 


Our  list  of  Flower  Seeds  on  the 
next  page  includes  nearly  every 
variety  of  merit  sold  by  Eastern 
houses. 

Notice  our  SPECIAL  OFFER  on 
Pansy  and  Sweet  Pea  Seeds. 


OUR  PANSY  COLLECTION 


SPECIAL  OFFER  No.  I 

14  pkts.  postpaid  for  50c. 

6 pkts.  postpaid  (your  choice)  for  25c. 

These  packets  are  all  full  measure  and  the  seed  of  the  highest 
quality. 

The  varieties  are  the  most  choice  selected  from  a long  list  of 
named  varieties. 

Fire  King — The  best  Red  Pansy  known. 

Ivory  Queen — Pure  White. 

Emperor  William — Exceedingly  large  Blue  Flower  with 

Violet  Eye. 

Golden  Beauty — The  finest  Yellow. 

Mahogany — Very  Rich  Mahogany  Color. 

King  of  the  Blacks—  Coal  Black,  very  large. 

Lord  Beaconsfleld— Purple  Violet. 

Harlequin  -Beautifully  Blotched  and  Striped. 

Light  Blue — Beautiful  Sky  Blue. 

Gold  Margin — Large  Red  Flower  with  Yellow  Border 
Prince  Bismarck — Golden  Bronze. 

Odien — Beautifully  Blotched  Brown  and  Gold. 

Snowflake — Pure  White. 

Imperial  German  Mixed— Containing  all  the  finest  known 

varieties. 


CHOICE  FLOWER  SEEDS  IN  BULK 


Ageratum,  Mixed  

Adonla  

Acroclinium,  Everlastings  

Ammobium,  Alatum,  Everlastings  

Ameranthus,  Tricolor  

Alyssum,  Sweet  

Alyssum,  Little  Gem  

Astor,  Trufant’s  Pink  

Astor,  White  and  Light  Blue  

Astor,  Victoria  Mixed  

Astor,  Giant  Comet,  Mixed  

Astor,  Upright  White  Branching  

Astor,  Single,  Mixed  

Astor,  Dwarf  Chrysanthemum  Flowered,  Mixed 

Astor,  Branching  

Astor,  Branching,  Pink  

Astor,  Branching,  Lavander  

Balsam,  Double,  Pink  

Balsam,  Double,  White  

Balsam,  Double,  Scarlet  

Balsam,  Double,  Light  Lemon  

Balsam,  Cemelia  Flowered,  Mixed  

Balloon  Vine  

Batchelor’s  Button  

Briza  Maxima,  Everlastings  

Bromus  Braigafercum,  Everlastings  

Catchfly  

Canterbury  Bell,  Sweet  Mixed  

Clarkia  

Chrysanthemum,  Double  Mixed  

Chrysanthemum,  Double,  White  

Chrysanthemum,  Double,  Yellow  

Calendula,  Pot  Marigold,  Prince  of  Orange  

Clematis  

Coxcomb,  Golden  

Coxcomb,  Crimson  

Coxcomb,  Mixed  

Calliopis,  Mixed  

Candytuft,  Empress  

Candytuft,  Mixed  

Canary  Bird  Flower  

Canna,  Crozy  

Carnation,  Choice  Mixed,  Extra  Fine  

Carnation,  Margaret  

Castor  Bean,  Zanzibar  

Cantaurea,  Cyranus  Mixed  

Cantaurea,  Margaret  

Cobea  Scandens  

Coleus,  Fine  Mixed  

Cosmos,  Early  Flowering  Dawn  

Cypress  Vine,  Mixed  

Dahlia,  Double,  Mixed  

Dianthus,  Double  Mixed  Chinese  

Digitalis,  Mixed  Fox  Glove  

Daisy,  Beilis,  Double  White  

Daisy,  Swan  River  

Eschscholtzia,  Mixed  

Forget-Me-Not,  Blue  Mixed  

Four  o’clock  

Godetia,  Double  Mixed  

Godetia,  Lady  Albemarle  

Godetia,  Lady  Satin  Rose  

Godetia,  The  Bride  

Godetia,  Bijom  

Godetia,  Qneen  of  Fairies  

Codetia,  Duchess  of  Albany  

Gilia,  Tricolor,  Mixed  

Heliotrope,  Giant  Mixed  

Heliotrope,  Dark  Mixed  

Hollyhock,  Double  Charter’s  Mixed  

Hollyhock,  Allegheny  

Hollyhock,  Salmon  

Ho’lyhock,  Canary  

Hollyhock,  Faust  

Hollyhock,  Crimson  

Hollyhock,  Pink  

Hollyhock,  White  

Hibiscus,  Africanus  

Hyacinth,  Mixed  

Helichyrsum,  Everlastings  

Honey  Suckle  

Ice  Plant  

Ipomoea,  White  Seeded  

Lobelia,  Mixed  

Larkspur,  Double  Dwarf  Rocket,  Mixed  

Larksupr,  Tall  Mixed  

Lantana,  Choice  Mixed  

Linum  or  Scarlet  Flax  

Lupinus,  Annual  Mixed  

Love-in-a-Mlst,  Double  

Job’s  Tears,  Everlasting  

Morning  Glory,  Improved  

Morning  Glory,  Mixed  

Morning  Glory,  Japanese  

Mignonette,  Sweet  

Mignonette,  Matchet  

Marigold,  African,  Mixed  

Marigold,  Eldorado  

Marigold,  French  Dwarf,  Double  Mixed  

Nasturtium,  Madam  Gunther’s  Hybrid  

Nasturtium,  Tall  

Nasturtium,  Dwarf  

Pansy,  All  Colors,  Mixed  

Pansy,  Chicago  Park,  Mixed  Bedding  

Pansy.  Trimardeau,  Mixed  Bedding  


Pkt. 

5 


5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

10 


Oz. 
25 
15 
30 
30 
30 
50 
30 
1 75 

1 75 

2 00 
1 75 
1 75 
1 00 
1 50 

50 

1 00 
1 25 
80 
80 
80 
80 
50 
15 

30 

30 

15 

35 

20 

25 


25 
20 
50 
3 00 

2 50 
1 00 

10 
25 
10 
25 
15 
2 00 
80 
10 
15 
15 
50 
8 00 
30 
15 

1 00 
30 
25 

10  00 
1 00 
15 
60 
10 
15 
75 

1 25 
60 
60 

1 80 
90 
■Mr 

3 00 

2 50 

2 50 
2 00 

3 00 
3 00 
3 00 
3 00 
3 00 
3 00 

15 

10 


20 
40 
1 00 
60 
20 
20 
25 
15 
15 
15 
10 
15 
10 
15 
10 
60 


20 
15 
10 
10 
10 
50 
1 00 
1 50 


Pansy,  Vaughan’s  International  

Phlox,  Dr.  Grandiflora  

Phlox,  Dr.  Mixed  

Petunia,  Hybrid  Extra,  Choice  Mixed  . 

Poppy,  Double  Carnation,  Flowered  

Portulacca,  Single  

Portulacca,  Best  Double  

Sweet  Sultan,  Purple  

Salpiglosses,  Grandiflora  

Salpiglosses,  Choice  Mixed  

Scabiosa,  Large  Flowering,  Mixed  

Salvia,  Splendens,  Drooping  Spikes  

Schizanthus,  Mixed  

Smilax  

Sunflower,  Miniature  ' 

Sunflower,  Double  California  

Stocks,  Large  Flowering,  Choice  Mixed 

Sweet  William,  Choice  Mixed  

Verbena,  Lemon  

Verbena,  Hybrid,  Fine  Mixed  

Verbena,  Hybrid  Mammoth  

Violet,  Sweet  

Wild  Cucumber  

Zinnia,  Double  Grandiflora  


15  16  00 

5 60 

5 50 

5 1 25 

5 10 

5 30 

5 4 00 

5 35 

10  1 25 

5 1 25 

5 15 

10  3 00 

5 25 

5 60 

5 25 

5 10 

10  3 00 

5 25 

10  2 50 

10  8 00 

5 1 50 

10  2 00 

5 15 

10  5 00 


SWEET  PEAS 


Oz.  1-4  lb. 

Eckford,  Mixed  $0  05  $0  15 

Blanche  Ferry  10  20 

Blanche  Burpee  10  20 

Countess  of  Radnor  10  25 

Emily  Eckford  10  20 

Firefly  10  25 

America  10  20 

Gray  Friar  10  20 

Indiago  King  10  20 

Lotta  Eckford  10  20 

Meteor  10  20 

Mrs.  Eckford  10  20 

Mrs.  Jos.  Chamberlain  10  20 

Ramona  10  20 

Senator  10  20 

Boreatton  10  25 

Peach  Blossom  10  25 

Monarch  10  20 

Gaiety  10  20 

Sadie  Burpee  (New)  20  60 

Navy  Blue  (New)  20  60 

Black  Knight  15  40 

Modesti  15  35 

Queen  Victoria  15  35 

Salopian  10  25 

Lottie  Hutchins  10:  25 

Lovely  10  25 

Fancy  Mixed  10  25 

Shahzada  10  25 


lb. 
$0  40 
50 
50 


60 

50 

60 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 


60 
50 
50 
2 00 
2 00 
1 25 
1 00 


60 

70 

70 


SPECIAL  STEER  Mo.  2 

For  26c  we  will  send  you  by  mail,  post 
paid,  a beautiful  collection  of  Sweet  Peas, 
consisting  of  one  package  each  of  the  fol= 
lowing  ten  varieties: 

Blanche  Burpee— Pure  White. 

Apple  Blossom— Bright  Pink. 

Cardinal— Brilliant  Scarlet. 

Shahzada— Maroon  and  Purple. 

Capt.  of  the  Blues— Pale  Blue. 

Orange  Prince— Pinkish  Yellow. 

Venus-Salmon  Buff. 

Primrose— Pale  Yellow. 

Princess  May— Lavender. 

Vesuvius— Violet  and  Crimson. 

27 


SEEDS  OF  SWEET,  POT 

Anise — Has  useful  medicinal  properties.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c. 

Balm — Used  for  balm  tea  or  balm  wine.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c. 

Basil,  Sweet — Used  for  highly  seasoned  dishes.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c. 
Bene — Used  In  confectionery.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c. 

Borage — Excellent  for  bees.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c. 

Caraway — Used  for  flavoring.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c. 

Castor  Oil  Plant — Pkt  5c,  oz  15c. 

Catnip — Used  for  seasoning.  Pkt  10c,  oz  60c. 

Coriander — Useful  culinary  plant.  Pkt  6c,  oz  20c. 

Cumin — Used  for  flavoring.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c. 

Dill — Used  to  flavor  pickles,  etc.  Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  % lb  25c, 
lb  75c. 

Elecampane — Pkt  5c,  oz  20c. 

Fennel,  Sweet — Pkt  5c,  oz  10c,  *4  lb  25c. 

Fennel,  Florence — Pkt  6c,  oz  25c,  % lb  60c. 

Henbane — Pkt  5c,  oz  20c. 

Hop  Seed — Pkt  25c,  oz  $1.50. 

Horehound — For  medicinal  purposes.  Pkt  5c,  oz  30c. 


AND  MEDICINAL  HERBS 

Hyssop— For  medicinal  purposes.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c. 

Lavender — A popular  aromatic  herb,  emitting  a delightful  per- 
fume. Pkt  6c,  oz  20c,  % lb  50c. 

Marjoram,  Sweet — Popular  for  seasoning.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  14 
lb  50c. 

Marjoram,  Pot — Used  for  seasoning.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c.  „ 

Opium  Poppy — Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  % lb  40c,  lb  $1.25. 

Rosemary — An  aromatic  herb.  Pkt  5c,  oz  50c. 

Saffron — Pkt  5c,  oz  20c. 

Sage — The  leaves  and  tender  tops  are  used  in  stuffing  and  In 
sauces.  Pkt  5c,  oz  20c,  % lb  55c,  lb  $1.75. 

Savory,  Summer — Used  for  seasoning.  Pkt  5c,  oz  15c,  y4  lb 
40c. 

Thyme,  Broad-Leaved — For  seasoning;  also  useful  as  a bee 
food.  Pkt  5c,  oz  30c,  % lb  80c. 

Tansy — Pkt  5c,  oz  20c. 

Winter  Savory — Pkt  5c,  oz  20c. 

Wormwood — Pkt  5c,  oz  35c. 


MISCELLANEOUS  SEEDS 


Nono  o-f  the  following  seeds  are  sent  postpaid.  If  wanted 
fc> y mail,  add  8 cents  per  pound  to  price  quoted. 


Australian  Salt  Bush — One  of  the  most  valuable  forage  plants 
for  alkali  soils.  Pkt  15c,  y4  lb  40c,  % lb  70c,  1 lb  $1.25. 

Flax — Grown  for  its  seed,  from  which  is  extracted  linseed  oil, 
and  also  for  its  valuable  fiber.  Yields  very  well  in  some  locali- 
ties in  the  Northwest.  Price  per  lb  5c. 

Wild  Rice — Grows  only  in  the  water  and  in  sloughs  and  boggy 
places.  Valuable  as  an  attraction  for  water  fowl.  Per  lb  40c. 


Spring  Vetches,  or  Tares — This  is  one  of  the  most  valuable 
green  feeds  grown  for  horses  and  cattle.  Usually  sown  with 
other  grain.  It  thrives  on  any  ordinary  soil  and  is  also  a 
splendid  crop  to  plow  under.  Per  lb  10c,  100  lbs  $5.00. 

Sand  or  Winter  Vetch — This  variety  is  very  hardy  and  will 
remain  green  all  winter  if  sown  in  the  fall,  and  like  all  of  the 
pea  family  is  a valuable  fertilizer.  Per  lb  5c,  100  lbs  $5.00. 


TOBACCO 


RAPE 


\ 


Can  be  grown  in  this  climate  only  on 
ily  fertilized. 

Connecticut  Seed  Leaf. 

Imported  Havana,  Pkt  10c. 

Sumatra,  Pkt  10c. 

Oronoko. 


light,  warm  soil,  heav-  Dwarf  Essex — One  acre  will  pasture  thirty-six  head  of  sheep 
two  months.  The  success  obtained  in  raising  sheep  for  mutton, 
for  which  the  English  are  so  famous,  is  undoubtedly  due  to  the 
general  use  of  Rape  as  a pasturage.  It  has  remarkable  fatten- 
ing properties  and  lambs  will  make  a gain  of  from  eight  to  ten 
pounds  a month  upon  it.  It  can  be  sown  with  oats  or  on  stub- 
ble, after  a corn'  crop,  or  any  time  after  June  1st.  It  is  one  of 
the  best  catch  crops  and  will  furnish  abundant  pasturage  at  the 
time  of  year  when  most  needed.  On  clean,  rich  soil  eight  to  ten 
pounds  is  sufficient  to  sow  an  acre  broadcast;  but  if  the  soil  is 
poor  and  not  clean  it  is  better  to  sow  in  drills,  so  as  to  allow 
cultivation,  four  or  five  pounds  per  acre.  Per  lb  15c,  100  lbs 
$10.00. 


SUNFLOWER 


Mammoth  Russian  — Yields  an 
enormous  amount  of  seed  and  is 
very  hardy.  A most  excellent  poul- 
try feed;  easy  to  raise.  1 lb  15c, 
100  lbs  $6.00. 


28 


GRASS  AND  CLOVER  SEEDS 


In  vhe  following  list  we  have  briefly  described  the  various  best  grasses  for 
general  use.  Our  limited  space  does  not  permit  extended  descriptions  and  large 
illustrations,  but  the  seeds  we  offer  are  of  best  grades  only  and  extra  clean.  The 
prices  are  subject  to  variations  according  to  the  market.  Spetial  prices  will  be 
quoted  at  any  time  by  mail. 

Extra  Fine  Mixed  Lawn  Grass — Incomparably  the  best  mix- 
ture known  for  lawns  and  parks  in  this  climate,  and  when  cut 
frequently  and  watered  well  immediately  after  will  furnish  a 
handsome,  velvety  lawn  for  years,  requiring  no  resowing.  The 
use  of  our  Lawn  Top  Dressing  in  the  spring  or  fall  adds  greatly 
to  a good  lawn.  Per  lb  20c. 

Awnless  Brome  Grass  (Bromus  Inermis) — Will  stand  long 
drouths  and  produce  heavy  crops  in  dry  sections  where  other 
grasses  would  perish.  It  has  also  proved  one  of  the  hardiest 
grasses;  will  succeed  in  a wider  range  of  temperature  than  any 
other  grass.  Per  lb  25c,  100  lbs  $18.00. 

Orchard  Grass,  or  Cock’s  Foot— One  of  the  most  valuable 
grasses  on  account  of  its  quick  growth  and  valuable  aftermath. 
It  is  ready  for  grazing  two  weeks  sooner  than  most  grasses,  and 
when  fed  off  is  again  ready  for  grazing  in  a week,  and  will  con- 
tinue green  when  other  grasses  are  withered  by  dry  weather. 
It  is  palatable  and  nutritious,  and  stock  eat  it  greedily  when 
green.  It  has  a tendency  to  grow  in  tufts,  and  so  does  better 
if  sown  with  clovers,  and  as  it  ripens  at  the  same  time  the 
mixed  hay  is  of  the  best  quality.  For  grazing  it  has  no  equal, 
and  should  be  used  more  than  it  is.  When  sown  alone,  twenty- 
five  pounds  per  acre;  if  sown  with  clover,  half  that  amount.  It 
is  perennial  and  will  last  for  years.  Per  lb  14c,  100  lbs  $12.25. 

Italian  Rye  Grass — Is  more  of  an  annual,  and  is  good  in  mix- 
tures for  hay  crop.  It  is  of  quick  growth  and  valuable  for  sheep 
pasturage.  Per  lb  10c,  100  lbs  $8.00. 

Herd,  Red-Top  Grass,  or  Bent  Grass — Is  most  largely  used 
for  wet  lands,  but  does  well  in  almost  any  soil,  moist  or  dry. 
It  makes  good  hay  or  pasture,  and  is  much  used  in  mixture  with 
timothy  and  clover.  Sow  thirty  pounds  per  acre.  Per  lb  10c, 
per  100  lbs  $8.00. 

Kentucky  Blue  Grass — Is  the  finest  and  best  of  all  grasses 
when  used  separately  or  in  mixtures  for  general  lawn  purposes, 
and  is  invaluable  for  a pasture  grass,  as  it  stands  so  much  tramp- 
ing without  being  killed  out.  Use  thirty  to  forty  pounds  per 
acre.  Per  lb  20c,  100  lbs  $15.00. 

Sweet-Scented  Verna! — One  of  the  earliest  grasses  in  spring, 
and  latest  in  autumn,  and  more  fragrant  than  any  other  grass. 
Valuable  to  mix  in  pastures  with  other  grasses  on  account  of 
its  earliness,  and  it  exhales  a delightful  fragrance  when  in 
bloom.  About  thirty  pounds  to  the  acre.  Per  lb  30c. 

Johnson  Grass — This  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  forage 
plants;  very  popular  in  the  Southern  states,  and  will  come  into 
universal  use  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States  when  known.  It 
is  perennial,  a rapid  grower,  very  nutritious,  being  eagerly  de- 
voured by  all  kinds  of  stock.  Comes  early  in  spring,  grows  until 
the  frost  cuts  it  down  in  the  fall,  stands  the  drouth  better  than 
any  grass,  and  having  long,  cane-like  roots  which  penetrate  the 
soil  for  moisture.  Superior  both  as  a grazing  and  hay  grass. 
Thirty  pounds  per  acre.  Per  lb  15c. 

Tall  Meadow  Oat  Grass — This  grass  is  early  and  very  lux- 
uriant. It  makes  fine  pasturage  and  good  hay.  Can  be  cut 
often.  It  is  also  valuable  to  plow  under  for  soiling.  Sow  thirty 
to  forty  pounds  per  acre.  Per  lb  20c,  per  100  lbs  $18.00. 

Timothy — It  is  very  largely  grown  for  hay  crop  in  Northern 
climates,  and  is  fine  when  sown  with  Red  Top  and  clover.  Sow 
ten  pounds  per  acre.  Per  lb  8c,  per  100  lbs  $7.00. 

Meadow  Fescue,  or  True  English  Blue  Grass  (Festuca  Pra- 
tensis) — One  of  the  most  valuable  pasture  grasses.  Its  long 
and  tender  leaves  are  much  relished  by  stock  of  all  kinds.  In 
some  Southern  states  it  is  called  Randall  grass,  sometimes 
Evergreen  grass.  Sow  in  spring  or  fall  at  the  rate  of  thirty  to 
forty  pounds  per  acre.  Per  lb  16c,  100  lbs  $12.00. 

Hungarian  Grass — Is  a very  valuable  forage  plant  for  light, 
dry  soils.  It  withstands  drouth  and  remains  green  when  most 
vegetation  is  parched.  Sow  and  cultivate  as  for  Millet.  Per  lb 
8c,  per  100  lbs  $6.00. 

Common  Millet — Can  be  sown  broadcast  in  the  spring  of  the 
year  for  hay;  thirty  to  forty  pounds  to  the  acre.  If  for  seeds, 
sow  in  drills,  twenty  pounds  to  the  acre.  It  produces  largely 
as  an  annual  early  crop.  Per  lb  8c,  per  100  lbs  $5.00. 

German  or  Golden  Millet — Is  not  quite  as  early  as  the  above, 
but  yields  more  largely.  Per  lb  8c,  per  100  lbs  $5.00. 

English  or  Australian  Rye  Grass — Is  a perennial  much  like 
the  English  Blue  Grass,  and  is  very  valuable  for  either  pastur- 
age or  for  hay,  and  well  adapted  to  moist  land.  Sow  for  hay 
thirty  pounds  per  acre.  Per  lb  10c,  per  100  lbs  $7.50. 

CLOVER  SEEDS 

Red  Clover — Two  varieties,  large  and  medium.  Both  succeed 
well  here,  especially  in  our  bottom  lands  and  deep  soils.  Per 
lb  14c,  per  100  lbs  $13.00. 


Crimson  Trefoil,  or  Scarlet  Clover — Grows  about  one  foot 
high.  Dark  roots,  long  leaves,  and  blossoms  of  deep  red.  It 
makes  good  hay,  and  will  give  two  or  three  cuttings  each  season. 
Per  lb  10c,  100  lbs  $9.00. 

Alfalfa — Produces  enormous  crops,  and  is  cut  many  times 
during  the  season  for  hay.  It  roots  deeply,  keeping  fresh  and 
green  through  a long  dry  season,  and  is  the  most  valuable 
and  profitable  of  all  crops  for  abundance  of  feed.  If  in  the 
fall,  sow  early  enough  to  get  a little  root  before  a frost.  It  can 
be  sown  again  in  February  and  spring  months.  Per  lb  12%c, 
100  lbs  $11.00. 

White  Dutch  Clover— Grows  low,  spreading,  and  very  frag- 
rant, and  is  most  excellent  for  lawns  and  pasture.  Per  lb  25c, 
per  100  lbs  $18.00. 

Espersette  (French  Sanfoid) — This  plant  is  of  a lignumvinus 
character,  having  many  stems  two  and  three  feet  long.  Smooth 
and  tapering,  with  many  long,  oblate  leaflets  in  pairs,  and  spikes 
of  variegated  crimson  flowers.  The  root  is  perennial,  of  a 
hardy,  woody  nature.  The  plant  flowers  early,  and  can  be  re- 
peatedly cut,  thus  furnishing  a great  abundance  of  most  nutri- 
tious food  through  the  long  dry  and  heated  seasons,  and  requir- 
ing no  irrigation.  Stock  will  eat  it  with  impunity,  without  dan- 
ger of  bloat,  as  in  alfalfa.  The  seed  and  seed  pods  are  said  to 
be  more  nutritious  than  oats.  The  plant  does  best  in  cal- 
careous and  gravelly  soils,  and  elevated  slopes  and  arid  regions, 
where  other  vegetation  fails.  It  will,  however,  not  succeed  in 
wet  or  low  lands  where  there  is  no  drainage.  From  thirty  to 
forty  pounds  are  required  for  an  acre.  Per  lb  12c,  100  lbs  $10.00. 

Alsike,  or  Swedish  Clover — This  variety  is  fast  gaining  great 
popularity.  It  is  the  most  hardy  of  all  the  clovers;  perennial. 
On  rich,  moist  soils  it  yields  an  enormous  quantity  of  hay  or 
pasture,  and  may  be  cut  several  times  in  a season.  But  its 
greatest  value  is  for  sowing  with  other  clovers  and  grasses,  as 
it  forms  a thick  bottom  and  greatly  increases  the  yield  of  hay, 
and  cattle  prefer  it  to  any  other  forage.  The  heads  are  globular, 
very  sweet  and  fragrant,  and  much  liked  by  bees,  who  obtain  a 
large  amount  of  honey  from  them.  Sow  in  spring  or  fall.  Per 
lb  13c,  100  lbs  $12.00. 

GRAIN 

Buckwheat,  Common 
— Buckwheat  should  be 
sown  about  the  middle 
of  June,  broadcast,  at 
the  rate  of  from  one  to 
three  pecks  per  acre. 

The  average  yield  is 
from  25  to  30  bushels 
per  acre.  It  should  be 
threshed  as  soon  as 
dry,  on  the  ground  or 
barn  floor.  If  allowed 
to  stand  in  mass  it 
quickly  gathers  mois- 
ture. Per  lb  5c,  per  100 
lbs  $3.50. 

Japanese  Buckwheat 

■ — This  variety  excels 
them  all.  Will  yield 
fully  twice  as  much  on 
the  same  ground  as 
any  other,  and  it  ripens 
one  week  to  ten  days 
earlier;  stands  up  bet- 
ter, and  makes  better 
flour  than  any  other 
kind  of  Buckwheat.  Per  lb  8c,  100  lbs  $5.00. 

Barley,  Common — Barley  succeeds  best  on  lands  more  sandy 
and  lighter  than  those  adapted  to  wheat.  It  is  sown  in  the 
spring,  and  can  be  grown  further  north  than  any  other  grain. 
Market  price. 

Rye,  Fall  or  Winter — The  time  for  sowing  is  from  the  middle 
of  August  to  the  last  of  October.  One  plowing  is  given,  and  the 
seed  sown  broadcast  at  the  rate  of  one  and  a half  bushels  per 
acre,  and  dragged  in.  Harrowing  and  rolling  in  the  spring  are 
recommended.  If  cut  before  fully  ripe  the  grain  makes  more 
and  better  flour.  Market  price. 

Rye,  Spring — Although  this  grain  is  often  planted  by  farmers, 
especially  for  paper  makers,  who  prefer  it  to  any  other  its  prin- 
cipal value  is  as  a “catch”  crop  to  sow  where  winter  grain  has 
failed.  The  straw  is  shorter  and  stiffer  than  that  of  the  winter 
variety,  and  is  always  easily  secured,  while  the  grain,  although 
smaller,  is  of  equal  value.  Market  price. 

Oats — American  Banner  and  other  varieties.  Market  price. 

Wheat — Blue  Stem  and  Club  Wheat  at  market  price. 

29 


INS  ENA/  CEREALS 


CORN  WHEAT 

GERMAN  ROGGEN 

Fattening  Hogs 

This  new  cereal  solves  the  problem  of  fatten 
ing  hogs  in  a wheat  country,  as  it  outyields 
corn  and  will  double  an  average  yield  of  wheat, 
and  makes  a meal  very  much  like  corn  and  contains  greater  fattening  properties  than  either  corn  or 
wheat. 

It  will  put  the  Pacific  Coast  on  an  equal  basis  with  the  corn  producing  states  as  regards 
hog  raising. 


The  Problem  Solved 


The  Richest  Grain  Grown 


Chemical  Analysis 

contains  almost  double  the  nutriment  of  wheat: 


Moisture  at  100°  C 13.69 

Ash 0.90 

Either  extract 3.34 


The  following  analysis,  furnished  by  Professor 
of  Chemistry  C.  W.  McCurdy,  of  the  University 
of  Idaho,  will  show  that  this  wonderful  cereal 


Fiber 91 

Protein 15.50 

Nitrogen  free  extract 71.14 


Grows  Anywhere 

Corn  Wheat  will  yield  from  50  to  100  bushels  to  the  acre.  The  straw  is  the 
most  valuable  of  any  grown  and  stock  thrive  upon  it. 


This  grain  does  well  upon  any  soil  where  wheat  or  oats  will  grow,  and 
the  soil  should  be  prepared  in  the  same  manner  as  for  those  crops.  The 
seed  should  be  sown  in  the  spring.  About  75  to  100  pounds  per  acre. 

Corn  Wheat  stools  heavily  and  has  great  strength  to  resist  drought. 

Every  farmer  should  give  it  a trial,  as  it  makes  a splendid  grain  pasturage  and  is  far  superior 
to  any  other  grain  for  hay. 

By  mail,  post  paid,  ....  per  lb. ; 5 lbs  .... 

By  freight,  50  lbs,  . . . . ; 100  lbs. 


Culture 


Yield 


30 


White 

Hulless 

Barley 


THE  BEST  GRAIN  ON  EARTH  FOR  HAY 

IF  SOWN  EARLY  two  crops  may  be  cut  form  one  planting.  It  will  yield  from  65  to 
100  bushels  per  acre,  and  may  be  sown  as  late  as  the  middle  of  June  and  produce  a fair 
crop  of  grain.  Equal  to  corn  for  fattening  hogs,  and  makes  a much  sweeter  meat.  Grows 
quickly,  on  any  kind  of  soil.  . \ \ For  grain,  sow  90  lbs.  per  acre,  and  for  hay  120  lbs. 

Price,  1 lb.,  postpaid,  15c;  100  lbs.,  $2.50 


Black  Hulless  or  Nepaul  Barley 

This  grain  is  very  similar  to  the  above,  but  has  a black  seed,  and  is  not  quite  as  sweet  a grain. 
Price  per  lb.,  postpaid,  15c;  per  100  lbs.,  $2.50 


Beardless  Barley 


This  has  the  advantage  over  the  common  barley  of  having  practically  no  beard, 
threshes  out  clean,  and  the  straw  makes  excellent  hay. 

Price  per  lb.,  postpaid,  10c;  per  100  lbs.,  $2.00. 


It  yields  just  as  heavy,  and 


SEED  POTATOES 


FERTILIZERS 


While  we  list  only  a few  of  the  best  early  varieties,  we  can 
supply  any  of  the  leading  kinds  grown  on  the  Coast  and  most 
of  the  newer  ones  from  the  East. 

All  stock  of  the  purest  strain. 

We  also  send  Potato  Eyes  of  any  of  our  varieties  postpaid  to 
any  address  for  60c  per  100. 

The  Pingree — A very  productive  early  variety  yielding  a large 
crop  of  quick  selling  potatoes  at  least  six  days  earlier  than  al- 
most any  other  variety.  Grows  very  compact  in  the  hills  and  is 
therefore  easily  harvested.  Very  uniform  in  size  and  is  of  the 
very  highest  quality.  Per  lb  6c,  per  100  lbs  $5.00. 

Early  Ohio — This  is  the  most  popular  early  potato  in  this 
country.  We  have  more  calls  for  it  than  for  any  other  variety. 
Every  potato  grower  knows  what  it  is,  and  knows  just  about 
what  it  will  do  in  his  locality.  It  is  the  standard  extra  early 
the  country  over,  and  other  varieties  are  measured  by  it.  We 
have  an  extra  choice  strain  of  Early  Ohio.  The  tubers  are 
smooth  and  regular  in  shape,  free  from  prongs,  perfectly  pure, 
and  full  of  vigorous  life.  Per  lb  3c,  per  100  lbs  $2.50. 

Bliss’  Triumph — The  leading  early  potato  in  the  South.  We 
are  all  familiar  with  it  as  sold  at  our  groceries  when  the  first 
“new  potatoes”  are  shipped  in.  Extremely  early,  earlier  than 
any  others,  but  not  of  as  good  quality  and  more  subject  to  blight 
than  other  varieties.  Vines  are  small,  with  short  stalks  and 
broad  leaves.  Tubers  nearly  round,  medium  in  size,  bright  red 
or  reddish  pink  in  color.  Per  lb  4c,  100  lbs  $3.50. 

Bovee — Introduced  by  HenderBon  in  1897.  Next  to  Potato 
Pingree,  we  consider  this  the  best  early  variety  of  recent  intro- 
duction. The  tubers  are  numerous  and  of  fair  Bize,  uniform  in 
shape,  Bkin  a beautiful  flesh  color,  well  netted,  and  quality  all 
that  can  be  desired.  The  vine  is  dwarf  and  stocky,  and  the 
tubers  grow  remarkably  compact.  Per  lb  4c,  100  lbs  $3.50. 

Sir  Walter  Raleigh — Introduced  by  Henderson  in  1897,  and 
therefore  the  companion  to  the  Bovee.  It  is  the  most  desirable 
main  crop  variety  now  before  the  public.  In  most  respects  it 
closely  resembles  Rural  New  Yorker  No.  2,  but  is  more  uniform 
and  yields  practically  no  small  tubers,  every  one  being  market- 
able. It  is  from  four  to  six  days  later  than  the  Rural  New 
Yorker.  The  color  of  the  skin  is  the  same,  but  the  flesh  Is  white 
and  of  better  quality;  in  fact,  it  is  the  whitest  fleshed  and  finest 
grained  potato.  It  is  unquestionably  the  best  of  its  type  and 
will  soon  supersede  all  others.  Per  lb  5c,  per  100  lbs  $4.00. 

Rural  New  Yorker  No.  2 — Well  known  now  the  country  over, 
and  very  largely  planted  for  a profitable  main  crop.  Rurals  are 
now  quoted  in  all  the  leading  markets  of  the  country  along  with 
Burbanks  and  other  standard  sorts,  and  usually  they  are  quoted 
higher  than  Burbanks.  They  are  certainly  more  profitable  to 
raise.  Per  lb  5c,  per  100  lbs  $4.00. 

Burpee’s  Extra  Early — Quite  well  known  and  very  popular  in 
the  middle  states.  Yields  very  good  crops  on  this  coast,  and  is 
among  the  earliest.  Per  lb  4c,  per  100  lbs  $3.00. 

Uncle  Sam — Our  stock  of  this  magnificent  potato  is  limited 
this  season,  therefore  we  have  not  listed  it  in  its  rightful  place, 
as  it  really  deserves  first  place  in  any  list.  Per  lb  Cc,  per  100 
lbs  $5.00. 


Commercial  Fertilizers  are  becoming  more  generally  used 
every  year,  and  on  most  soils  are  really  the  cheapest  manure 
that  can  be  used. 

Every  intelligent  farmer  knows  the  value  of  the  Potash  Salts 
listed  below. 

Kainit — The  most  popular  of  the  potash  salts.  Besides  fur- 
nishing a percentage  of  potash  is  more  bountifully  supplied  with 
magnesia,  which  makes  it  valuable  as  a destroyer  of  insect  life, 
worms  and  maggots  in  the  soil,  and  is  a specific  for  blight  and 
rust. 

Muriate  of  Potash — Is  a more  concentrated  fertilizer  and-  is 
the  cheapest  for  general  use,  as  it  contains  about  50  per  cent., 
of  potash. 

Sulphate  of  Potash — This  also  contains  from  50  to  60  per 
cent,  of  potash,  but  as  it  is  almost  free  from  chlorine  it  is  par- 
ticularly adapted  to  root  crops  and  berries. 


Special  circulars  on  the  Uses  of  Potash  in  Agriculture, 
Results  Obtained  in  the  United  States,  The  Origin  and 
Use  of  Potash,  and  Farmers’  Guides  mailed  upon  appli- 
sation. 


NITROGENOUS  FERTILIZERS. 

Nitrate  of  Soda — Contains  from  15  to  20  per  cent,  of  nitrogen 
and  is  the  most  valuable  method  of  supplying  the  nitrogen  neces- 
sary to  the  rapid  growth  of  plants.  Valuable  to  florists  and 
greenhouse  men  for  forcing  plants. 

Dried  Blood — This  is  also  a nitrogenous  manure,  containing 
from  10  to  15  per  cent,  of  nitrogen.  Does  not  act  as  quickly  as 
Nitrate  of  Soda  and  requires  to  be  more  thoroughly  worked  into 
the  soil. 

PHOSPHORIC  ACID. 

Bone  Meal  or  Bone  Dust — Is  the  most  convenient  fertilizer 
for  supplying  prosphoric  acid.  Good  fresh  ground  bone  contains 
from  5 to  10  per  cent,  available  prosphoric  acid,  but  it  is  rather 
slow  to  yield,  and  the  results  are  often  better  the  second  year 
than  the  first. 

LIME. 

This  requisite  is  best  obtained  from  the  air-slacked  lime  and 
from  Land  Plaster,  which  is  also  a splendid  application  for  soils 
made  sour  by  excessive  use  of  stable  or  green  manure. 

PRICE  LIST  OF  FERTILIZERS 


Sulphate  of  Potash,  per  lb  34c,  per  sack  of  224  lbs $7.00 

Muriate  of  Potash,  per  lb  3c,  per  sack  of  224  lbs 6.25 

Kainit,  per  lb  lie,  per  sack  of  224  lbs 2.25 

Nitrate  of  Soda,  per  lb 03i 

Bone  Meal,  per  ton 30.00 

Blood,  per  ton  50.00 

Lime,  per  bbl Market  price 

Plaster,  per  ton Market  price 


SEPARATE  INGREDIENTS  TO  BE  USED,  POUNDS  PER  ACRE 
Forraulna  approved  by  Prof.  Elton  Fulmer. 


Crop  to  be  Fertilized 

Sulp. 

Pot. 

Mur.  1 
Pot. 

D.  M. 
Salts 

Kanit 

Bone 

Meal 

Nit. 

Soda 

Cabbage  

325 

“5T 

650 

1950 

550 

375 

Carrots 

160 

150 

300 

550 

300 

135 

Turnips 

125 

250 

550 

200 

280 

Beets 

125 

250 

550 

200 

375 

Peas  and  Beans 

125 

125 

250 

550 

240 

45 

Onions 

300 

360 

600 

1150 

450 

400 

Sweet  Corn 

80 

80 

160 

350 

350 

80 

Potatoes 

250 

509 

950 

325 

275 

Grass 

125 

125 

| 250 

500 

250 

135 

Hops 

360 

360 

720 

1400 

275 

200 

Strawberries 

250 

250 

500 

1000 

450 

225 

Lettuce 

I 275  , 

275 

550 

1000 

400 

375 

Celery 

l 250 

250 

500 

5)00 

400 

376 

Cucumbers 

1 250 

250 

500 

900 

400 

275 

32 


We  are 

Pacific  Coast  Agents 
for  the 
Celebrated 
Prairie  State 
Incubatorsfand 
Brooders... 


Also 

Headquarters 

for 

POULTRY  SUPPLIES 
Of 

All  Descriptions 


General  Description  of  Prairie  State  Incubators 


The  first  essential  to  successful  incubation  is  proper  application  and  regulation 
APPLICATION  OF  HEAT  of  heat.  The  nearest  practical  approach  to  Nature’s  method,  which  is  by  contact, 

is  secured  by  radiation  of  heat  from  above,  no  bottom  heat  being  applied  in  either 
case.  The  distribution  of  heat  is  secured  in  the  following  manner:  The  lamp  is  situated  at  the  end  of  the  machine,  the  chim- 

ney extending  into  flue  which  passes  upward  through  the  machine  and  radiator,  at  which  point  we  have  an  opening  in  the  flue, 
through  which  the  hot  air  from  the  lamp  is  diverted  into  a galvanized  iron  radiator  covering  the  entire  top  of  the  egg  chamber. 
After  circulating  through  the  radiator  the  air  passes  upward  and  out  through  pipes  at  the  end  of  the  machine,  thus  equalizing 
the  heat  everywhere  in  the  egg  chamber. 

After  an  even  temperature  is  secured  in  the  egg  chamber,  a regular  or  constant 
REGULATION  OF  HEAT  heat  must  be  supplied.  This  is  done  in  a perfect  manner  by  the  Prairie  State 

Regulator.  The  regulator  consists  of  a thermostate,  connecting  rod  and 
valve  lever,  the  simplest  combination  in  use  on  any  known  Incubator.  The  motive  power  of  the  regulator  is 

the  thermostat,  unassisted  by  clockwork  electricty  or  any  other  appliance.  The  thermostat  is  situated  in  the  egg  cham- 

ber, part  below  and  part  above  the  eggs.  It  is  so  sensitive  that  it  responds  to  the  heat’s  action  with  as  great  precision  as  any 
thermometer.  It  may  be  easily  adjusted  to  any  degree  of  temperature  desired,  and  there  it  will  faithfully  operate,  opening  and 
closing  the  valve  with  unerring  exactness.  This  thermostat  is  composed  entirely  of  metal,  no  composition,  ebonite  or  india 
rubber  being  used  in  its  construction,  and  it  will  not  become  weak  or  ineffective  by  use;  it  is  not  affected  by  moisture  or  damp- 
ness, nor  can  it  be  destroyed  by  being  accidentally  overheated.  The  valve,  when  closed,  covers  the  top  of  the  lamp  flue  and  ob- 
structs the  current  of  hot  air,  forcing  it  into  the  radiator,  as  above  described.  When  the  temperature  in  the  egg  chamber 
reaches  the  desired  degree,  the  thermostat  lifts  the  valve  from  the  top  of  the  lamp  flue  and  allows  the  heat  to  escape  from  the 
heater,  while  the  air  of  the  egg  chamber,  or  ventilation  and  moisture,  is  unaffected  by  the  opening  of  the  valve.  The  action  of 
the  valve  does  not  affect  the  lamp  flame,  and  does  not  cause  it  to  burn  higher  or  put  the  lamp  out,  as  in  the  case  with  all  devices 
that  utilize  the  lamp  trip.  The  compound  thermostat,  or  self-adjusting  regulator  is  new  in  artificial  incubation.  Heretofore  the 
practice  has  been  to  place  the  thermostat  in  the  top  of  the  egg  chamber,  and  every  change  in  the  weather  or  change  in  the  animal 
heat  in  the  eggs  would  cause  the  operator  to  go  and  readjust  the  regulator.  With  this  regulator,  when  the  weather  turns  either 
warmer  or  colder,  the  change  affects  the  lower  bar,  and  it  readjusts  itself  to  the  change,  changing  the  distance  on  the  connecting 
rod  and  maintaining  a perfectly  uniform  temperature  upon  the  eggs,  no  matter  if  the  outside  change  is  50  or  60  degrees.  We 
have  run  this  machine  in  a room  when  temperature  ran  from  freezing  in  the  early  morning  to  a temperature  of  80  in  the  after- 
noon, with  less  than  one-half  degree  variation  in  the  egg  chamber.  This  is  a feature  that  will  not  be  overlooked  by  practical 
poultry  men.  No  matter  how  sudden  the  change  in  the  weather  may  be,  the  temperature  of  the  eggs  will  not  be  affected. 

\. 

None  but  first-class  work  will  be  sent  out.  The  machine  is  built  of  the  best  well-seasoned 
CONSTRUCTION  material,  neatly  ornamented  and  finished,  so  as  to  constitute  a handsome  piece  of  furniture.  It 
is  double-cased,  and  insulated  from  the  influence  of  sudden  changes  of  outside  temperature  by 
proper  packing.  Its  doors  are  of  double  glass,  through  which  may  be  seen  the  thermometer  and  eggs,  without  the  exposure 
of  opening.  All  sheet  metal  work,  pipes,  pan  and  tank,  is  constructed  of  best  galvanized  iron.  The  regulator  is  made  of  brass. 

The  machine  is  not  “double  decked” ; that  is,  it  does  not  have  one  egg  tray  above  the  other.  Consequently  its  rated  capacity 
is  its  actual  hatching  capacity.  All  kinds  of  eggs  can  be  hatched  equally  well — hen,  duck,  turkey,  etc.  Natural  or  artificial  gas 
may  be  used  in  place  of  oil,  wihout  trouble  in  making  the  change. 


Every  one  interested  in  Incubators  and  Brooders  hears  a great  deal  about  moisture,  also  “no  mois- 
MOISTURE  ture"  Incubators  advertised.  Now,  the  "no  moisture”  question  is  nothing  new  whatever.  In  our  direc- 
tions we  have  for  the  past  ten  years  explained  to  customers  that  no  moistrue  whatever  was  needed  in 
certain  seasons  of  the  year;  Dut  we  claim,  and  it  has  been  fairly  demonstrated,  that  a little  moisture  during  the  warm  summer 
months  is  a great  aid  in  securing  better  hatches.  We  furnish  a moisture  pan  with  each  of  the  larger  machines  that  we  construct, 
and  we  state  in  directions  for  the  customer  not  to  use  the  same  unless  absolutely  necessary.  Prairie  States  are  frequently  run 
without  any  moisture  from  start  to  flni  h.  and  over  90  per  cent,  hatches  secured,  as  testimonials  in  this  catalogue  will  show. 
You  have  perfect  control  of  the  warm,  fresh  air  through  the  machine  at  all  times,  hence  you  are  able  to  dry  down  your  eggs  so 
as  to  secure  the  proper  air  cell,  according  to  the  season  of  the  year.  We  are  surprised  at  some  of  our  competitors  claiming  so 
much  in  reference  to  the  moisture  question,  and  we  will  guarantee  to  take  the  Prairie  State  and  run  it  alongside  of  any  machine 
in  this  or  any  other  country,  without  any  moisture  from  start  to  finish,  and  secure  better  hatches  than  they  do,  with  less  trouble 
to  operate  the  machine.  The  only  reason  we  put  a moisture  pan  in  the  machine  is  this:  You  will  be  able  to  secure  better 

hatches  in  the  Prairie  State,  or  any  other  machine,  during  the  hot  summer  months,  by  adding  a little  moisture  toward  the  latter 
part  of  the  hatch.  Moisture  is  not  needed  at  all  In  the  machine  until  the  eighteenth  or  nineteenth  day,  and  probably  not  then. 
The  operator  will  be  able  to  determine  this  after  he  reads  our  directions.  Further,  moisture  is  only  a little  water;  it  costs  noth- 
ing, and  if  the  operator  of  an  incubator  can  bring  out  ten,  twelve,  or  twenty  more  chickens  to  the  hatch  by  putting  in  a tin  full 
of  warm  water  for  moisture,  we  claim  it  will  pay  to  do  so;  hence  moisture  pans  go  with  the  machines,  but,  as  stated  above,  no 
moisture  at  all  will  be  neded  during  the  winter  months  or  in  damp  weather.  With  some  of  these  “no  moistrue”  Incubators,  we 
know  positively  that  some  of  their  operators  do  use  moisture  in  order  to  secure  better  hatches,  owing  to  the  season,  notwith- 
standing their  manufacturers  claim  no  moisture  at  all.  As  stated  above,  we  furnish  the  moisture  pans;  use  them  if  necessary, 
and  If  you  find  they  are  not  needed  they  will  not  need  to  be  brought  into  use. 

The  second  essential  to  successful  incubation  is  a supply  of  pure  air,  which,  in  the  Prairie  State, 
VENTILATION  enters  from  below  within  a tube  which  surrounds  the  lamp  flue,  where  it  is  gently  heated  and 

passed  upward  into  the  top  of  the  egg  chamber,  and  is  released  over  the  moisture  pans.  While  In 
this  warm  condition,  it  can  be  saturated  with  moisture  if  it  is  so  desired.  The  air  then  passes  downward  among  the  eggs,  and 
escapes  through  a row  of  small  ventilators  in  the  bottom  and  end  of  machine  into  a suction  flue  which  carries  the  air  out  near 
the  top  of  the  machine.  This  suction  flue  is  provided  with  a sliding  cover,  so  that  the  outlet  of  air  can  be  increased  or  dimin- 
ished. By  this  means  of  improved  ventilation  we  get  a complete  circulation  around  and  through  the  eggs,  a more  even  distribu- 
tion of  heat  than  can  be  secured  by  any  other  method. 


THE  PRAIRIE  STATE  BABY  INCUBATORS 

These  machines  are  built  in  two  sizes,  respectively  50-egg  and  100-egg  sizes.  The  No.  1, 
or  50-egg  Incubator,  is  provided  with  a blank  tray  and  no  turning  appliance,  as  the  eggs 
are  so  few  in  number  that  they  can  be  turned  by  hand.  The  No.  2 Baby,  capacity  100  eggs, 
is  provided  with  the  latest  improved  automatic  turner.  There  has  long  been  a demand  for 
something  cheap  and  not  a very  large  capacity,  that  would  prove  very  practical  and  suc- 
cessful in  incubating  eggs,  and  we  believe  that  the  Prairie  State  Baby  will  fulfill  all  these 
requirements.  This  machine  has  the  same  system  of  ventilation  that  is  used  so  successfully 
upon  our  standard  machine,  and  has  identically  the  same  self-adjusting,  automatic  regulator 
and  the  same  heater  and  lamps,  and  everything  is  carefully  constructed  and  built  in  the 
best  manner. 

Net  Weight 

Dimensions  Capacity  Weight  Crated  Price 


No.  1,  Baby  14%x24  50  eggs  40  lbs  45  lbs  $ 7.00 

No.  2,  Baby  19%x31  100  eggs  65  lbs  70  lbs  11.00 


STYLE  “A” 

The  Style  A machine  is  our  standard  Incubator,  on  which  neither  pains  nor  expense  have  been  spared  to  make  it  the  best 
of  its  class.  It  is  complete  in  every  respect,  having  a large,  deep  egg  chamber,  and  provided  with  nursery  underneath  the  tray. 
An  opening  is  left  in  tray  near  the  glass  at  the  door,  closed  by  a small  trap  door,  through  which  the  chickens  drop  after  they 
hatch,  so  that  they  do  not  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  ones  getting  out  of  the  shells.  It  is  unnecessary  to  open  the  door 
until  the  hatch  is  over.  The  doors  open  down  to  the  bottom  of  the  machine,  the  glass  extending  below  the  nursery,  which 
enables  the  operator  to  see  the  chicks  below  and  above  the  tray  at  any  time.  This  nursery  is  a grand  improvement.  The 
chicks,  as  soon  as  they  dry  off  and  begin  to  run  about,  fall  through  the  opening  into  the  nursery  below  and  become  better  hard- 
ened to  the  temperature  of  the  Brooder  before  being  transferred. 

The  moisture  pans  in  the  Style  A Incubator  are  suspended  by  a flange  from  the  top  of  the  egg  chamber,  and  by  this  form 
•of  construction  we  get  a clear  space  without  any  bars  or  supports  being  in  the  way.  For  a further  description  of  the  Style  A 
machine  see  under  head  of  “General  Description  of  Prairie  State  Incubators.” 


Net 

Weight 

Dimensions 

Capacity 

Weight 

Crated 

Price 

No. 

1,  Style  A 

150  eggs 

140  lbs 

170  lbs 

$23.00 

No. 

2,  Style  A 

210  eggs 

170  lbs 

215  lbs 

27.00 

No. 

3,  Style  A 

300  eggs 

200  lbs 

260  lbs 

36.00 

PRAIRIE  STATE  STYLE 

“B”  INCUBATOR 

This  machine  is  just  the  same  as  the  style  “A,”  except  in  finish,  but  has  no  nursery. 

The  same  care  is  used 

in  its  construction. 

Net 

Weight 

Dimensions 

Capacity 

Weight 

Crated 

Price 

No. 

1,  Style  B 

150  eggs 

120  lbs 

150  lbs 

$18.00 

No. 

2,  Style  B 

27%x47 

210  eggs 

150  lbs 

195  lbs 

25.00 

No. 

3,  Style  B 

20  x46 

300  eggs 

180  lbs 

240  lbs 

29.00 

the:  special  duck  machine 

The  Special  Duck  Machine  has  been  built  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  those  who  raise  ducks  exclusively  and  ,upon  a large 
acale.  The  same  principles  have  been  used  in  designing  it  that  have  been  employed  upon  our  standard  Prairie  State  machines 
for  the  hatching  of  hen  eggs,  slight  modifications  being  made,  especially  in  the  ventilation  and  air  current,  so  as  to  allow  a large 
amount  to  circulate  through  the  machine.  The  egg  tray  is  built  in  proportion  to  a duck  egg,  so  that  there  is  no  waste  room  in 
the  machine,  and  the  egg  chamber  Is  made  much  deeper  than  the  regular  hen  egg  machine,  so  that  the  hatching  ducks  have 
plenty  of  room  above  and  below  the  tray. 

Net  Weight 

Dimensions  Capacity  Weight  Crated  Price 

Special  Duck  30x45%  200  eggs  200  lbs  260  lbs  $36.00 

34 


PRAIRIE  STATE  BROODERS 


STYLE  “D” 


HOT  AIR  INDOOR  BROODER. 


We  have  had  this  Style  D Brooder  upon  the  market  for 
several  years,  and  they  are  giving  universal  satisfaction. 
They  are  low  in  price,  simple  in  operation,  and  take  but  very 
little  oil  to  operate  them  successfully. 

The  No.  1 is  2 feet  wide  and  3 feet  long,  and  the  No.  2 is 
3 feet  square.  They  are  constructed  with  an  incline  so  that 
the  chicks  can  get  in  and  out  of  the  Brooder,  and  when  the 
incline  is  closed  at  night  the  chicks  are  free  from  rats  or 
prowling  enemies. 

The  hovers  are  a galvanized  iron  radiator  through  which 
circulates  the  hot  air  from  the  lamp.  One-half  inch  away  from  the  radiator  is  a wire  gauze  to  prevent  the  chicks  from 
touching  the  tank  and  allowing  the  air  for  ventilation  to  pass  over  the  chicks. 

The  Brooders  are  provided  with  forced  ventilation,  ventilating  all  parts  of  the  hover. 


Weight 

No.  Size  Capacity  Crated  Price 

1 24x35  80  chicks  60  lbs  $ 8.00 

2 26x35  125  chicks  85  lbs  11.00 


STYLE  “A” 

HOT  AIR— SELF-REGULATING,  WITH  RUNS  AT- 
TACHED. 


This  Brooder  is  heated  and  regulated  the  same  as 
the  incubators,  and  has  runways  in  connection. 


No. 

1 

2 


Size  Capacity 
24x38  100  chicks 

28x33  200  chicks 


Weight 

Crated  Price 

100  lbs  $15.00 

120  lbs  21.00 


Style  “A” 


STYLE  “C” 


Style  “C” 


STYLE  C— HOT  AIR  OUTDOOR  BROODER. 

This  Brooder  is  rain,  rat,  wind  and  storm  proof.  The  roof  is  remov- 
able, and  the  entire  brooder  can  be  lifted  off  the  floor,  the  brood  can  be 
removed,  and  the  corners  are  put  together  like  the  joint  of  an  ordinary 
bed-stead,  so  that  the  Brooder  can  be  taken  entirely  to  pieces  and  put 
together  again  in  a very  few  minutes,  making  it  easy  to  clean.  Or,  it 
can  be  stored  in  a small  space  after  the  season  is  over.  It  is  upon 
runners  and  can  be  easily  moved  from  one  place  to  the  other.  The  lamp 
box  is  closed  by  a glass  door,  so  that  the  lamp  and  flame  can  be  easily 
seen  at  any  time.  The  lamp  case  is  also  provided  with  our  new  improved 
cold  air  duct,  which  keeps  the  oil  cool  at  all  times. 


Weight 

No.  Size  Capacity  Crated  Price 

1  36x36  100  chicks  125  lbs  $14.00 

2  48x48  150  chicks  185  lbs  $19.00 


STYLE  “B” 

STYLE  B— SECTIONAL  HOT  WATER  BROODER. 


These  Brooders  are  heated  by  the  hot  water  system  and  are  made 
in  sections  with  removable  floor.  They  give  more  room  than  the  hot  air 
brooders,  so  that  there  is  no  danger  of  chicks  crowding. 


No. 

Size 

Capacity 

Weight 

Price 

2,  two  sections  each 

. ...  36x36 

200  chicks 

210  lbs 

$23.00 

3,  three  sections 

each .... 

. ...  36x36 

300  chicks 

310  lbs 

29.00 

4,  four  sections 

each 

. ...  36x36 

400  chicks 

410  lbs 

36.00 

35 


IH.M.S.Poultry  FFNriNfi 

■/\M/.W;\/,W  W VM  1 LI  lull  1\JI  No.  19  Galvanized  Wire. 

is  made  of  the  best  number  nineteen  galvanized  steel  wire,  t>-h 

/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/  \ strengthened  by  a cable  selvage  and  a cable  every  foot  in  the  ■rer  ^uu- 

/\  /A  / \ /A  / \ / \ /-V/A  height  Of  the  fence.  h 36  Inches  high 53c 

* Fence,  Not  a Netting.  l8!n(f8^ 65c 

Its  multitude  of  horizontal  wires  gives  it  strength/makes  it  ^ inches  high 77c 

/~\  easy  to  erect  and  keeps  it  in  good  shape.  72  inches  high 87c 

• §ayjng  (q  the  User.  84  iQChes  hi^h  »»« 

It  requires  but  few  posts  f?d  no  top  or  bottom  rail.  Only  ?Ut  UP  ln  10-rOd  r0lls‘ 
genuine  when  every  roll  contains  the  famous  M.  M.  S.  trade 
mark.  Descriptive  matter  free. 

PM.nln)  July  SI,  JNOU  nnri  July  0,  INU7 

Green  Bone,  Meat  and  Vegetable  Cutters 

The  Webster  & Hannum — THE  ONLY  mill  that  will  cut  bone  fine  enough  for  bantams 
.and  young  chicks,  without  splinters. 

THE  ONLY  mill  that  will  not  clog  with  meat  or  gristle. 

THE  ONLY  mill  that  will  cut  clear  meat  without  freezing. 


Improved  No.  2 


OUR  LATEST 

The  No.  6 Cutter — This  machine  feeds  itself  with  more  uniform  pressure  than  can 
ever  be  done  by  hand  feed.  And  this  uniform  pressure  is  perfectly  under  the  control  of 
the  operator.  By  simply  turning  the  thumb  nut  at  the  top  of  the  follower  the  pressure 
of  the  follower  can  be  uniformly  as  light,  and  the  machine  turn  as  easy  as  any  one 
could  wish;  or,  If  desired,  the  thumb  nut  can  be  tightened  in  an  instant  and  the  pres- 
sure increased  to  suit  the  strength  of  any  one.  It  is  built  strong  and  heavy  and  made 
to  last,  weighs  135  pounds  and  holds  2V4  pounds  of  bone — enough  for  60  or  70  hens  for 
one  day.  One  pound  of  bone  has  often  been  cut  in  one  minute  by  hand  on  this  machine. 

Price,  with  fly  wheel,  for  bench,  $18.00. 

Price,  with  fly  wheel,  with  legs,  $22.00. 


IMPROVED  No.  2 


The  Improved  No.  2 Cutter  has  several  improvements,  including  an  adjustable  feed, 
by  which  the  operator  can  instantly  change,  without  use  of  tools,  from  light  to  coarse 
work  as  may  be  required  in  cutting  bone  or  vegetables.  We  recommend  this  style  for 
hand  use  where  considerable  work  is  to  be  done.  Price  $15.00. 

The  No.  4 Cutter  is  a genuine  record  breaker  for  ease  of  operation,  quality  of  work 
and  speed,  readily  cutting  out  a hopper  full  by  hand  (2 % lbs)  in  two  or  three  min- 
utes, enough  for  a flock  of  60  or  70  hens  for  one  day,  and  fine  enough  for  little  chicks. 

Price,  with  crank,  $8.50.  Price,  with  fly  wheel,  $10.00. 

36 


tul. 


POULTRY  SUPPLIES— Continued 


j® 

t 

Hi 

in: 

a! 

| 

|S! 


it# 

i»! 


THE  STEARNS  CLOVER 
CUTTER 

This  cutter  is  made  in  convenient  size  for  use  o.. 
bench  or  table.  The  entire  frame  is  made  of  malleable 
iron,  making  a very  light  and  strong  machine.  It  is 
self-feeding  and  self-sharpening.  Cuts  clover  very 
rapidly,  and  is  run  with  little  effort.  Eight  cuts  to 
each  revolution.  Finished  in  black  enamel. 

Price,  $3.00. 


NEST  EGGS 


Porcelain,  per  dozen 
Medicated,  per  dozen 


.$0  30 
. 1 00 


DRINKING  FOUNTAINS 


L.  & B.  Fountain— This  fountain  is  made  of  heavy  galvanized 
iron,  will  not  rust  or  break,  and  with  reasonable  care  will  last 
a lifetime.  Can  be  taken  apart  and  easily  cleaned.  Fowls  can- 
not get  on  top  nor  into  it,  nor  turn  it  over.  These  founts  give 
the  best  satisfaction  of  any  we  have  sold.  Prices: 

No.  1.  1%  quarts  35c 

No.  2.  2%  quarts  45c 

No.  3.  1 y2  gallons  60c 

No.  1 sent  by  mail,  postpaid,  40c. 

Earthenware  Fountains — Heavy  glazed  earthenware,  all  one 
piece.  1 gallon,  35c;  2 gallon,  50c. 


We  Are 
State  Agents 
for  the 

Geo.  H.  Lee 
Chemical  Co. 

of 

Omaha  and  New  York 

The  use  of  this  preparation  has  become  so  universal,  and  re- 
sults are  so  satisfactory,  that  most  poultry  raisers  would  not 
know  how  to  keep  house  without  it.  It  is  no  longer  necessary 
to  dip  or  dust  poultry  to  kill  the  lice.  A can  of  Lee’s  Lice 
Killer,  a paintbrush  and  a few  minutes’  work  in  applying  it  to 
the  roosts,  means  all  the  expense  and  labor  now  necessary  to 
keep  the  fowls  free  from  both  mites  and  body  lice.  A can  of  it 
should  be  in  every  poultry  house.  It  kills  and  prevents  mites 
and  lice,  and  keeps  the  air  in  the  poultry  house  pure  and  sweet 
(a  healthy  tar  odor),  killing  disease-germs  and  preventing  the 
other  enemies  of  the  poultryman — roup  and  cholera.  Price: 
1 quart,  35c;  2 quarts,  60c;  1 gallon,  $1.00;  5 gallons,  $4.00. 


Feed  Troughs — These  troughs  can  be  used  for  soft  feed  or 
water.  They  are  made  of  heavy  galvanized  iron,  and  will  not 
rust  or  break;  can  be  cleaned  in  a few  seconds.  The  edges  are 
all  rounded  to  prevent  the  fowls  from  injuring  their  combs  or 
wattles,  are  easily  accessible,  yet  so  constructed  that  food  placed 
in  them  cannot  be  scattered  on  the  ground;  fowls  can  nether 
get  on  nor  into  them.  Size  18x6  inches.  Price  60c;  2 for  $1.00. 

Feed  Trough  for  Chicks — This  trough  is  made  of  heavy  gal- 
vanized iron;  will  not  break  or  rust,  easily  cleaned;  edges  all 
rounded.  Size,  12  inches  long,  3 inches  wide,  2%  inches  high; 
weight  % lb.  Price,  30c;  2 for  50c.  Sample  will  be  mailed, 
postpaid,  for  35c. 

Caponizing  Tools — This  set  consists  of  one  fine  steel  knife 
and  forceps,  one  nickel-plated  spreader,  both  well  adapted  for 
the  purpose,  one  improved  German  silver  cutting  and  twisting 
scoop,  with  fine  hook  on  opposite  end,  one  German  silver  probe, 
and  four  German  silver  hooks  attached  to  cords  for  quickly 
securing  the  fowls;  all  in  a fine  velvet-lined  case.  With  each 
of  the  above  sets  we  send  free  one  copy  of  complete  directions. 
Price,  $2.75,  postpaid. 

Poultry  Markers — This  small  punch  is  a very  convenient 
method  of  marking  birds  for  record.  Two  sizes,  large  and 
small.  Price,  25c,  postpaid. 


Free — With  each  order  for  Lee’s  Lice  Killer  amounting  to 
$4.00  we  give  free  one  of  the  Little  Aspinwall  or  Electric  Spray- 
ers listed  on  page  38  of  this  Catalog. 


Lee’s  Germozone — This  is  an  effective  cure  for  most  of  the 
diseases  of  poultry.  It  cures  roup,  cholera,  swelled  head,  cank- 
er, and  when  given  occasionally  in  the  drink  will  prevent  these 
and  many  other  diseases.  Roup,  canker,  swelled  head,  etc., 
are  the  same  as  “cold  in  the  head”  in  a human  being.  Price, 
50c  per  bottle  or  box  of  tablets  sent  by  mail  postpaid. 

Lee’s  Tonic  Powder — This  is  a concentrated  food  for  poultry 
with  the  coarser  and  cheaper  matter  left  out.  One  pound  of 
the  tonic  powder  is  equal  to  ten  pounds  of  ordinary  poultry 
food.  It  can  readily  be  sent  by  mail,  and  otherwise  handled 
more  conveniently.  Price  25c;  by  mail  postpaid,  35c. 

Lee’s  Insect  Powder — While  our  Lee’s  Lice  Killer  has  to  a 
large  extent  replaced  the  use  of  insect  powders  for  poultry, 
there  are  situations  where  the  insect  powder  can  be  used  to 
most  excellent  advantage.  It  is  especially  desirable  for  little 
chicks,  as  the  Lice  Killer  is  too  strong  for  the  little  fellows, 
unless  very  carefully  used.  Price,  25c;  postpaid,  35c. 

Peerless  Bug  Killer — The  best  exterminator  known  for  bed- 
bugs, roaches,  ticks  and  all  vermin  that  infest  the  home.  Price 
25c;  not  sent  by  mail. 


Climax  Leg  Bands — For  neatness,  lightness, 
security  and  durability  the  Climax  Bands  are 
unexcelled.  They  are  easy  to  put  on  or  re- 
move, and  no  tools  are  required.  The  rings 
are  made  of  spring  brass,  and  so  bent  that  the 
tag  acts  as  a clasp,  holding  them  securely  in 
place.  Always  give  the  breed  of  fowls  the 
bands  are  wanted  for. 

Prices  of  Climax  Bands,  prepaid:  Per  doz- 

en, 25c;  per  25,  50c;  per  50,  75c;  per  100,  $1.35. 
Sample,  by  mail,  5c. 


Peerless  Gopher  Killer — A sure  method  of  exterminating 
gophers,  ground  squirrels  and  rats.  Price  75c;  per  dozen,  $8.00. 

Flyo  Curo — Relieves  cows  and  other  animals  from  the  tor- 
ments of  flies  and  mosquitos.  Price  per  quart,  50c;  per  gallon, 
$1.25. 

Lee’s  Sheep  Dip — This  dip  is  quite  well  known  among  the 
sheep  raisers  and  is  the  most  satisfactory,  as  it  not  only  de- 
stroys ticks  and  insects,  but  stimulates  the  growth  of  wool. 
Put  in  1 and  5 gallon  cans  and  50  gallon  barrels.  Special  quo- 
tations. 

37 


POULTRY  SUPPLIES — Continued 


Lee’s  Smoke  Extract — A quick  and  perfect  meat  curer;  does 
the  work  in  ten  minutes  of  days  of  smoking  in  a smokehouse. 
12  oz  bottle,  50c;  32  oz  bottle,  75c. 

Chemical  Dehorner — For  dehorning  calves.  This  is  done 
by  applying  the  liquid  to  the  head  of  the  calf  at  an  early  age, 
before  the  horn  breaks  through  the  skin.  It  is  very  easy  to 
use,  and  is  certain  in  its  effect.  It  is  much  more  humane  than 
the  process  of  dehorning  with  a knife  or  saw.  One  size  only. 
Price  50c. 


splendid  medium  for  feeding  animal  matter  aud  stimulants. 
$1.50  per  100  lbs;  $25.00  per  ton. 

Feed  Wheat — Market  price. 

Feed  Corn — Yellow  Dent,  market  price. 

Cracked  Corn — $1.50  per  100  lbs;  $25.00  per  ton. 

Feed  Meal — A cheap  grade  of  Corn  Meal.  Per  100  lbs  $1.50; 
per  ton  $25.00. 

Cracked  Rice — An  excellent  feed  for  small  chicks.  Per  100 
lbs,  $2.50. 


Besides  the  Complete  Line  of  Goods 
manufactured  by  the  Geo.  H.  Lee  Co.  we 
carry  a stock  of  the  following  well- 
known  remedies: 


Creosozone — A liquid  disinfectant  and  germicide  highly  rec- 
ommended for  the  destruction  of  lice,  fleas  and  vermin  of  all 
kinds.  Price  50c  per  quart. 

Sheridan's  Condition  Powder — A general  condition  powder 
of  great  power  for  stock  of  all  kinds;  a splendid  egg  producer. 
y4  lb  25c,  1 lb  $1.00. 

Flood’s  Roup  Cure — This  remedy  we  guarantee  to  cure  Roup, 
Colds  and  Canker.  Price  60c,  postpaid. 

Lambert’s  Death  to  Lice — This  powder  needs 
little  recommendation  from  us,  as  it  is  one  of 
the  best  known  insect  powders  on  the  market. 
Price,  5 oz  10c,  15  oz  25c,  48  oz  50,  100  oz  $1.00. 
If  sent  by  mail  add  lc  per  oz  for  postage. 

Avenarius  Carbolineum — This  great  German 
preparation  is  not  only  sure  death  to  insect  life 
of  all  kinds,  but  is  a wood  preservative  and  will 
make  fence  posts  and  building  material  practi- 
cally everlasting.  Price,  1 qt  60c,  % gal  $1.00,  1 gal  $1.50,  5 gal 
$7.00.  Special  quotations  on  large  quantities. 


LITTLE  ASP  INWALL- 


H 


Hulled  Oats — The  groat,  or,  as  the  name  implies,  the  oat 
with  the  hull  taken  off,  is  a very  nutritive  feed  for  small  chicks. 
Per  100  lbs,  $2.50. 


ANIMAL  FOOD. 

The  animal  matter  or  meat  required  by  poultry  is  most 
economically  and  conveniently  supplied  by  the  use  of  the  fol- 
lowing meats  prepared  by  Darling  & Co.,  of  the  Union  Stock 
Yards  at  Chicago. 

Beef  Meal — Made  from  meat,  bone,  blood  and  the  liquor  from 
cooking.  Rich  in  albumen  and  protein.  It  is  a nitrogenous 
food  and  a great  egg  producer.  Price  per  lb,  3%c;  per  100  lbs, 
$3.00. 

Ground  Beef  Scraps — The  Beef  Scraps  are  scientifically  pre- 
pared, are  free  from  all  moisture  and  therefore  are  always  sweet 
and  wholesome.  Their  nutritive  value  is  very  high,  more  than 
twice  that  of  fresh  beef.  They  are  the  cheapest  and  best  ani- 
mal matter  food  for  poultry  and  well  deserve  their  popularity 
amongst  poultry  raisers.  They  contain  more  greases  than  the 
above  Meal,  so  we  consider  them  better  to  feed  for  market 
than  for  eggs.  Per  lb,  4c;  per  100  lbs,  $3.50. 


MINERAL  FOODS. 

Granulated  Bone — A wrong  impression  exists  regarding  bone. 
Fresh  or  green  bones  contain  53  per  cent,  moisture  and  12  per 
cent,  grease,  so  when  you  buy  fresh  bones  you  pay  for  65  pounds 
of  useless  material  in  every  100  pounds  you  buy.  Our  bone  is 
made  from  fresh,  green  bones,  with  the  moisture  and  grease 
taken  out,  leaving  nothing  but  the  phosphate  of  lime  and 
nitrogen.  These  are  the  only  feeding  properties  of  bone,  so 
when  you  buy  our  bone  you  get  all  the  feeding  properties 
without  buying  or  paying  freight  on  moisture  or  grease,  and 
you  get  an  article  that  will  keep  in  any  kind  of  weather  if 
kept  dry.  Bone  is  a good  egg  producer.  Price  per  lb,  2c: 
per  100  lbs.,  $1.75:  per  ton,  $30.00. 


The  Little  Aspinwall  Sprayer — The  handiest  thing  in  the 
world  for  applying  liquid  lice  killers  and  disinfectants.  Tin, 
each  90c;  brass,  each  $1.25. 


Special  Printed  Matter  on  Any  Subject 
in  this  Catalogue  Sent  on  Application. 
CORRESPONDENCE  SOLICITED 


Fine  Ground  Raw  Bone  Meal — This  also  is  made  from  fresh 
green  bones,  and  is  the  same  stock  as  the  Granulated  Bone,  but 
has  gone  through  a finer  sieve.  It  is  ground  very  fine  and  is 
used  to  mix  in  mash  feed.  Price  per  lb,  2c;  per  100  lbs,  $1.75; 
per  ton,  $30.00. 

Crushed  Oyster  Shells — These  are  made  from  clean,  bright 
shells,  and  as  oyster  shells  contain  98  per  cent,  of  pure  bicarbon- 
ate of  lime,  they  are  probably  the  best  producers  of  egg  shells 
of  anything  on  the  market.  Price  per  lb,  l%c;  per  100  lbs, 
$1.25;  per  ton,  $20.00. 


EGG  PRODUCING  FOODS 

Poultry,  to  be  in  the  best  condition,  must  have  plenty  of 
three  classes  of  foods,  viz.,  Vegetable,  Animal  and  Mineral. 

L.  & B.  Poultry  Food — Of  all  the  many  foods  for  poultry,  we 
consider  this  the  most  complete  grain  ration  sold,  as  it  com- 
bines all  the  principal  grains  in  the  proper  proportion,  nothing 
but  the  best  and  cleanest  grain  being  used  in  its  preparation. 
Put  up  in  100-lb  sacks,  $1.50;  per  ton.  $26.00 

Ground  Wheat — This  meal  contains  the  entire  grain,  and 
therefore  furnishes  the  nutriment  more  quickly,  and  it  makes  a 


Granulated  Clam  Shell — Clam  shell  has  as  great,  if  not  great- 
er, percentage  of  bicarbonate  of  lime  than  oyster  shell,  and 
while  it  does  not  present  as  sharp  an  edge  it  is  just  as  good  to  | 
aid  the  digestion.  Price  per  lb,  l%c;  per  100  lbs,  $1.26;  per  , 
ton,  $20.00. 

Mica  Crystal  Grit — This  is  made  from  granite  rock,  and  con- 
tains quartz,  which  is  the  hardest  rock  substance,  and  mica,  a 
flaky  substance.  In  dissolving  in  the  gizzard  it  flakes  off,  thus 
keeping  itself  sharp.  As  a grinder  it  has  no  equal.  It  also 
contains  iron,  which  is  very  beneficial  both  to  the  fowl  and  in 
flavoring  the  eggs.  Price  per  100  lbs,  $1.60. 


I 


Thoroughbred  Poultry 


We  make  no  specialty  of  any  one  breed,  but  as  we  are  in 
touch  with  the  Poultry  Raisers  of  the  Northwest  we  can 
supply  our  customers  with  almost  any  breed,  and  we  will 
guarantee  satisfaction  in  filling  any  order  for  poultry,  by 
pairs,  trios,  or  single  birds. 

State  what  you  want,  and  let  us  quote  you  our  price. 
We  give  the  best  stock  at  the  lowest  price. 

L.IL.L.Y,  BOGARDUS  & CO.,  Inc. 

814  WESTERN  AVE.,  SEATTLE 


GEO.  LINDER,  Jr. 

Box  1175 

Seattle,  Wash. 


BREEDER  OF 

AS  GOOD  AS  THERE  ARE  IN  THE  COUNTRY 

Winners  of  All  the  Principal  Prizes  at  Tacoma 
In  1899  and  1900 

My  Birds  are  better  than  ever.  Stock  and  eggs  for  sale  in  Season 
at  prices  fifty  per  cent,  less  than  you  can  get  same  for  in  the  east 

SATISFACTION  GUARANTEED 


SILVER 

AND 

BUFF 


Eggs  for  hatching,  from  Thoroughbred  Barred  Rocks,  next  Spring,  for  $1.25  per  setting;  also  good  cockrels 

for  sale  cheap 

39 


MANUFACTURED  BY 


THE  INTERNATIONAL  FOOD  CO.,  MINNEAPOLIS,  MINN. 


The  Goods  Put  Ip  by  This  Company  Are  Sold  Linder  a Guarantee 


IF  WANTED  BY  MAIL,  ADD  10c  FOR  THE  25c  PACKAGES  AND  20c  FOR  THE  50c  PACKAGES  TO  COVER  THE  POSTAGE. 


Intern^ional  Stock  Food — A purely  vegetable  compound. 
Originated  by  a practical  stockman  and  indorsed  by  all  the  most 
noted  veterinary  surgeons.  Cures  and  prevents  disease  in 


horses,  cattle,  sheep  and  hogs,  and  insures  rapid  growth  in 
young  stock.  65  feeds  for  25c;  150  feeds  for  60c;  325  feeds  for 
$1.00;  26-lb.  pails,  $3.60. 

International  Heave  Cure — This  remedy  was  originated  by  a 
prominent  veterinary  surgeon  for  heaves,  colds,  asthma  and 
broken  wind  and  has  been  successfully  used  by  him  in  his 
practice  for  20  years.  Full  directions  and  guarantee  on  each 
package.  1-lb  pkg,  only  60c. 

International  Worm  Powder — A perfectly  harmless  vegetable 
compound,  guaranteed  to  contain  no  poisonous  or  injurious  in- 
gredients and  to  cure  animals  of  worms  and  other  bacteria 
affecting  the  stomach  and  bowels.  1-lb  pkg,  60c. 

Silver  Pine  Healing  Oil — One  of  nature’s  greatest  healing 
oils.  For  human  or  animals.  Purely  vegetable.  Heals  cuts  or 
wounds  quickly  and  prevents  inflammation  and  swelling.  Very 
soothing.  50c  per  bottle. 

International  Colic  Cure — Absolutely  the  quickest  relief  for 
spasmodic,  gas  or  flatulent  colic,  stoppage  of  water,  acute 
indigestion,  grain  founder  or  bloat.  One  dose  cures  in  from  10 
to  30  minutes.  Price,  $1.00  per  bottle. 


International  Poultry  Food — Is  not  only  a stimulant  but  a 
guaranteed  cure  and  preventive  of  the  diseases  of  poultry.  It 
will  increase  the  egg  production  in  less  time  and  with  less  ex- 


pense than  any  other  poultry  food  in  the  world.  1%  lb  pkgs  25c, 
3 lb  50c,  6 lb  $1.00,  25  lb  pails  $3.50. 

Honey  Tar  Foot  Remedy — Is  a splendid  application  for 
nail  wounds,  thrush,  corns,  quarter  cracks  or  contracted  feet 
It  is  neither  sticky  nor  greasy  and  is  quickly  absorbed.  If  your 
horse’s  feet  are  not  in  good  condition  he  is  practically  worth- 
less. Honey  Tar  will  cure  him.  1-lb  tin,  50c;  2- lb  tin,  $1.00. 

International  Gall  Cure — Your  money  will  be  refunded  if 
this  salve  ever  fails  to  cure  galls  of  any  kind,  sore  necks  or 
backs.  Put  up  in  tins,  25c  and  50c. 

International  Phino-Chloro — A perfect  insecticide  and  germi- 
cide. Twenty-five  gallons  for  50c.  It  will  kill  all  disease  germB 
and  foul  odors  in  and  around  poultry  houses,  hog  pens,  etc.  One 
size  only.  Price,  50c. 

International  Harness  Soap  and  Dressing — The  best  harness 
dressing  on  the  market.  It  cleans,  preserves  and  polishes  the 
leather  and  makes  it  pliable.  Used  very  extensively  by  livery- 
men in  almost  every  city  in  the  Union.  Price,  1-lb  tin  25c, 
10-lb  tin  $2.00. 

International  Quick  Cleaner — The  best  and  safest  cleanser 
ever  sold.  Made  of  the  purest  ingredients;  perfectly  harmless 
to  the  finest  fabrics  or  the  highest  polished  surfaces.  1-lb 
tins  25c. 


40 


DAIRY  ASSOCIATION 


LYNDONVILLE,  VERMONT,  U.  S.*  A. 

This  corporation  is  organized  under  the  state  laws  of  Vermont,  and  exists  for  the  sole  purpose  of  benefiting  the  dairy  by 
Curing  the  Cow  of  Profit-Destroying  Diseases.  The  products  of  this  concern  are  therefore  of  the  highest  merit. 

A dairy  cow  is  in  greater  need  of  a spring  tonic  than  any  other  animal,  man  included.  Her  system  is  under  a double 
strain,  that  of  producing  milk  and  keeping  the  organs  of  her  body  in  repair. 

Every  cow  needs  a spring  medicine  made  on  purpose  for  her;  something  that  will  clean  out  the  impurities  that  always 
get  into  the  system  during  the  winter  months.  For  just  this  is  Kow-Kure  made.  It  prepares  her  for  the  coming  summer’s 
work;  it  starts  her  in  the  right  direction  for  a large  flow  of  milk,  and  if  she  is  carrying  a calf  it  makes  her  private  organs 
strong  and  sound  and  prevents  her  losing  it  before  her  time.  It  makes  calving  easy  and  the  afterbirth  come  away  quickly 
and  naturally. 


Kow-Kure — For  cows  only;  cures  cows  of  lost  appetite,  scour- 
ing, red  water,  abortion,  barrenness,  retained  afterbirth,  milk 
fever  and  prevents  tuberculosis.  It  is  a safe  and  powerful  tonic, 
corrects  stomach  disorders,  makes  pure  blood  and  causes  a larger 
flow  of  richer  milk. 

It  is  in  powdered  form,  carefully  compounded  of  twelve  drugs — 
which  may  be  divided  into  four  sets,  one  set  acting  on  the  stomach, 
another  on  the  organs  of  generation,  another  on  the  kidneys  and 
bladder,  and  the  fourth  set  on  the  blood. 

It  is  especially  designed  for  the  cow,  and  is  the  only  remedy 
known  that  entirely  fits  her  case.  General  and  special  directions 
on  each  package. 

One  dessertspoonful  or  more  once  each  day  with  a feed  of  grain, 
or,  better,  L.  & B.  FEED,  will  cost  about  five  cents  a week  per  cow, 
or  less  than,  one  cent  per  day  to  use  Kow-Kure,  and  it.  makes 

Every  Cow  Pay. 

1%-lb  cartons,  full  net  weight 50c 

3-lb  cans,  full  net  weight $1.00 

Grange  Garget  Cure — A cure  for  garget  and  milk  fever  that 
has  stood  the  test  of  twenty  years  and  is  a complete  success.  Un- 
like saltpetre,  garget  root,  camphor  and  such  stomach  irritating 
drugs,  it  will  not  injure  the  butter  nor  lessen  the  flow  of  milk.  Give 
one  heaping  teaspoonful  with  regular  feed  every  morning  until 
cured. 

Put  up  in  cans,  1%  lbs  net  weight 50c 

American  Horse  Tonic  is  not  an  ordinary  condition  powder, 
but  is  a safe  and  powerful  tonic,  especially  designed  for  the  horse,, 
and  it  takes  but  a few  doses  to  show  how  quickly  the  animal  im- 
proves under  its  use.  It  quickly  cures  worms,  loss  of  appetite, 
roughness  of  the  hair  or  coat,  stoppage  of  water  or  bowels,  all 
coughs  or  colds,  inflammation  of  lungs  or  bowels,  recent  founders, 
swelling  of  the  glands  of  the  throat,  horse  distemper  and  that, 
logy  look. 

It  is  put  up  in  separate  powders,  one  dose  each.  For  a tonic,  one  powder  mixed  with  L.  & B.  Feed  every  morning  for 
five  days,  then  omit  two  days,  will  secure  the  best  results.  If  necessary,  continue  the  treatment.  Full  directions,  general 
and  specific,  in  each  box.  One  dozen  powders  in  each  box;  price  50c. 

KOW-KURE 

Is  a preparation  in  powder  form  and  is  given  in  the  regular  feed.  It  is  scientifically  prepared  from  twelve  drugs — vegetable. 

It  is  made  to  cure  cow  troubles,  is  all  medicine  and  for  the  cow  only.  It  has  stood  the  test  of  nine  years  and  is  a complete 
success. 

The  odd  and  striking  name  of  KOW-KURE  was  given  to  this  medicine,  that  dairymen  may  be  protected  against  fraud. 
Take  nothing  else.. 

This  medicine  is  made  only  by  the  Dairy  Association,  Lyndonville,  Vt.,  organized  under  the  state  laws,  a corporation  ex- 
isting for  the  sole  purpose  of  benefiting  the  dairy  by  curing  the  cow  of  profit-destroying  diseases.  As  far  as  known  it  is; 
the  only  association  of  its  kind  in  the  world. 

Kow-Kure  is  for  sale  in  your  town.  (See  name  on  the  envelope.)  Get  it  and  make  a careful  trial  on  some  special  cow 
in  your  herd  and  see  how  quickly  it  will  change  a losing  cow  into  a paying  one. 

41 


y 


A Beginning. 

We  cannot  recommend  to  any  one  without  experience  more 
than  a small  beginning,  say  from  one  to  six  colonies  of  bees, 
and  the  hives  and  implements  needed  at  first.  These,  with  a 
good  book  of  instructions,  such  as  the  A B C of  Bee  Culture, 
will  enable  you  to  get  the  experience  necessary  to  successful 
bee-keeping.  After  the  first  or  second  year,  with  a few  bees 
you  will  be  better  prepared  to  enlarge  your  investment  if  you 
think  best.  If  you  should  invest  heavily  at  first,  and,  because 
of  inexperience  or  other  unfavorable  circumstances,  should  not 
make  the  success  you  expected  on  the  start,  the  result  with 
most  people  would  be  that  they  would  give  it  up  entirely;  while 
If  you  proceed  carefully  and  with  perseverance,  you  are  bound 
to  succeed. 

Beginner’s  Outfit. 

If  you  should  go  no  further,  there  are  a good  many  begin- 
ners who  would  not  know  just  what,  among  the  many  things 
shown  in  this  catalogue,  they  would  need  to  order  for  a begin- 
ning. There  are  some  things  that  you  cannot  well  get  along 
without.  In  order  to  assist  you  to  a judicious  beginning,  we 
put  up  an  outfit  consisting  of  the  hives  and  implements  neces- 
sary for  a start  of  two  or  three  colonies  of  bees.  This  consists 
of  the  following,  and  is  styled  our 


give  you  an  idea  of  the  necessary  outfit,  we  have  given  a list 
above  of  the  supplies  needed.  After  you  have  gotten  the  hives 
in  the  flat,  nail  them  up,  put  in  the  foundation,  and  then  you  are 
ready  to  transfer  the  bees.  When  they  are  nicely  going  on  their 
new  set  of  combs,  you  can  then,  if  you  prefer,  Italianize  them. 
From  one  colony,  by  good  management,  you  can  increase,  by 
dividing,  to  four  or  five  during  the  season.  For  directions,  see 
Artificial  Swarming,  and  Dividing,  in  the  A B C of  Bee  Culture; 
cloth,  $1.25.  Such  a start  can  be  made  very  cheaply,  and  at  the 
same  time  give  you  valuable  experience  in  the  care  and  manage- 
ment of  bees. 

How  to  Italianize  an  Apiary. 

There  are  several  ways  this  can  be  done:  First,  by  buying 

tested  queens  for  every  one  of  the  colonies  containing  black  or 
hybrid  queens.  The  old  queens  should,  of  course,  be  removed, 
and  the  hive  left  queenless  for  a couple  of  days  before  the  new 
mothers  are  introduced.  This  method,  although  the  surest,  is 
rather  expensive. 

A cheaper  way,  and  the  one  we  would  generally  recommend, 
is  to  buy  untested  Italian  queens.  Nine-tenths  of  the  untested 
we  send  out  will  prove  to  be  purely  mated;  and  then,  if  the 
beginner  loses  his  queen  in  introducing,  the  loss  of  an  untested 
is  only  half  that  of  a tested. 

Prevention  by  Caging  the  Queen. 

In  the  production  of  comb  honey  there  is  only  one  reliable 
method,  and  that  means  so  much  work  that  the  majority  of  bee- 
keepers do  not  practice  it.  Cage  the  queen  of  each  colony  over 
the  brood-nest  at  the  approach  of  the  swarming  season,  and  then 
in  eight  days  cut  out  the  queen-cells,  and  in  eight  days  cut  the 
cells  again ; but  if  you  haven’t  a large  apiary,  and  you  have  spare 
time  nights  and  mornings,  the  labor  will  not  figure  much.  The 
cutting-out  of  the  cells  alone  or  giving  plenty  of  surplus  room 
will  help  greatly  to  discourage,  if  not  prevent  swarming 
altogether. 

Clipped-Wing  Plan,  or  the  Easiest  Way  of  Managing  Swarming. 


Beginner’s  Outfit  No.  1. 


1 A B C of  Bee  Culture,  cloth $1  25 

1 No.  2 veil  50 

1 Clark's  smoker  50 

6 No.  1 Dov.  hives,  complete 6 00 


All  shipped  together,  the  price  will  be  $8.00.  Full  directions 
for  putting  the  hives  together  are  always  included.  For  those 
who  can  afford  it,  we  would  advise,  in  addition  to  the  above,  the 
following  tools,  which  will  be  found  very  convenient,  if  not  quite 


Indispensable: 

Daisy  foundation-roller $ 15 

Daisy  foundation-fastener  1 00 

1 spur  wire-imbedder  16 

5 lbs.  medium  brood  foundation 2 40 

1 qt.  paint  for  hives  45 

1 Alley’s  queen-trap  50 

1 Porter  bee-escape  and  board  complete 35 

Total  additional  supplies  $5  00 


These,  added  to  Outfit  No.  1,  compose  our  Beginner’s  Outfit 
No.  2,  and  costs,  complete,  $13.00.  These  goods  go  at  third-class 
freight,  and  weigh  less  than  200  lbs.,  and  the  freight  to  most 
points  in  this  and  near-by  states  will  be  less  than  $1.00  on  either 
outfit. 


How  to  Make  a Start  in  Bees. 

We  advise  you  to  buy  black  or  brown  bees  in  your  own  vicin- 
ity. Bees  may  be  purchased  in  box  hives,  anywhere  from  three 
to  five  dollars  per  colony.  They  should  then  be  transferred.  To 

43 


But  most  apiarists  think  it  an  advantage  to  let  the  bees 
swarm  once;  and  as  all  their  queens’  wings  are  clipped,  when 
the  swarm  comes  forth  the  queen  is  caught  in  a Miller  queen- 
catcher  cage  as  she  is  crawling  around  in  front  of  the  entrance. 
The  old  hive  is  then  removed  to  a new  stand,  and  an  empty  one 
(several  such  should  be  kept  in  readiness)  put  in  its  place  when 
the  queen  is  put  in  front  of  the  entrance  caged.  The  bees,  on 
discovering  the  absence  of  the  queen,  will  soon  return  pellmell 
to  the  old  stand.  The  surplus  chamber,  if  there  was  one  on  the 
old  hive,  is  put  on  the  new  one  now  on  the  old  stand. 

This  manner  of  catching  the  swarm  is  so  little  labor  that  the 
"women-folks”  do  not  object  to  it,  since  there  is  no  handling  of 
the  swarm  itself,  no  climbing  of  trees  after  it,  and  it  is  all  done, 
practically,  by  catching  the  queen.  The  empty  hive  is  easily 
handled,  and  the  old  hive  need  be  moved  but  a few  feet,  when 
you  will  take  care  of  it  when  you  get  home.  You  will  also  need 
to  release  the  queen. 


The  Entrance-Guard  Plan. 


In  place  of  clipping  the  queen’s  wings,  many  apiarists  prefer 
the  entrance-guards,  one  of  which  is  attached  at  every  entrance 
The  queen  cannot,  of  course,  pass  the  perforated  zinc,  and  there 
is,  in  consequence,  no  danger  of  her  getting  lost  in  the  grasa 
Then  if  the  women-folks  won’t  go  near,  the  bees  will  go  back 
to  the  old  hive;  but  you  may  be  sure  they  will  try  it  over  again 
unless  you  give  them  a new  hive  full  of  empty  combs  or  frame* 
of  foundation.  They  will  then  go  to  work,  and  probably  give  It 
up  for  the  rest  of  the  season.  This  plan  has  the  advantage  that  ■ 
fiVP.rvthiner  will  takp  nf  itaolf  till  -vmi  t rot  hnmfv  and  there  w _ 


everything  will  take  care  of  itself  till  you  get  home,  and  there 
no  danger,  either,  that  you  will  lose  any  swarms. 


BEE  SUPPLIES— Continued 


The  Alley  Trap. 

This  goes  one  step  further,  and  catches  the  queen  in  a com- 
partment by  herself.  The  whole  trap  may  then  be  detached,  and 
the  queen  liberated  in  a new  hive  of  combs  on  the  old  stand, 
carrying  out  the  plan  outlined  under  the  “clipped-queen”  plan 
above. 


Prevention  of  Swarming  When  Running  for  Extracted  Honey. 

This  is  far  easier  to  accomplish.  Give  the  queen  unlimited 
room  for  egg-laying,  and,  if  necessary,  put  on  another  eight- 
frame  body.  From  the  lower  story  draw  out  a 
couple  of  combs  and  put  them  above,  filling  out 
the  space  in  both  stories  with  empty  combs  or 
frames  of  foundation.  Extract  from  both  stories 
as  often  as  need  be,  or  put  on  a third  story  of 
empty  comb  or  foundation.  The  main  thing  seems 
to  be  to  give  the  queen  and  bees  an  abundance 
of  room.  You  may  ask  why  you  could  not  do  this 
for  comb  honey.  Before  the  bees  go  into  the  sec- 
tions they  will  fill  the  combs  next  to  the  brood 
with  honey;  and  if  the  season  should  be  short 
you  would  get  no  honey  in  the  sections.  But  in  extracting  you 
can  take  from  the  bees  just  as  much  as,  in  your  judgment,  the 
bees  can  spare.  This  subject  is  treated  far  more  fully  in  A B C 
7 of  Bee  Culture.  Price,  in  cloth,  $1.25. 


Feeding. 

Bees  are  fed  for  two  purposes:  To  stimulate  brood-rearing, 

or  to  supply  them  with  necessary  stores  for  winter.  For  stimu- 
lative feeding,  there  is  nothing  better  than  the 

Simplicity  Feeder. 

This  is  to  be  filled  with  syrup  made  by  mixing  together 
granulated  sugar  and  water  in  equal  proportions  by  measure, 

and  heating 
until  thoroughly 
dissolved.  This 
feeder  may  be 
placed  at  the  en- 
trance at  night, 
over  the  brood-frames,  by  placing  on  top  of  the  hive,  or  in  the 
brood-nest  itself,  if  a couple  of  frames  are  removed.  Feeding 
should  generally  be  done  at  night,  so  that  the  syrup  can  be  all 
taken  up  and  disposed  of  before  morning.  Each,  6c;  per  10,  50c. 

The  Gray  Simplicity  Feeder. 

This  is  simply  a Simplicity  feeder  arranged  with  a glass  slide. 
It  is  designed  to  be  placed  tight  up  against  the  entrance;  and 
after  filling,  the  glass  is  pushed  back  to  cover  up  the  entire 
feeder.  Each,  20c;  per  10,  $1.25. 

The  Miller  Feeder. 


Queens. — Grade  and  Price  of  Queens. 

: 

""  Untested  Queen — January,  February,  March,  $1.50;  April, 
May,  June,  $1.00;  July,  August,  September,  October,  75  cents; 
“•'November,  December,  $1.00. 

Tested  Queen — January,  February,  March,  $2.00;  April,  May, 
June,  $1.50;  July,  August,  September,  October,  $1.25;  Novem- 
ber, December,  $1.50. 


Cages  for  Queens. 


®>‘  As  the  Benton  cage  is  so  far  superior  to  all  others  for  mailing, 
:''[;t  is  the  only  one  we  offer  for  the  purpose.  To  introduce,  all 

that  is  neces- 
sary is  to  pull 
out  the  cork, 
and  the  bees 
“do  the  rest;” 
i.  e.,  cut  out 
the  candy  and 
liberate  the 
queen  by  a 
well-known  princi- 
ple. The  three-hole 
principle  makes  the  cage, 
to  a certain  extent,  climatic. 
One  of  the  end  holes  is  filled  with 
candy;  the  other  end  hole  is  ventilated, 
while  the  center  one  receives  ventilation 
ie««ily  from  the  ventilated  one.  When  the  bees  go  over  the 
1 stand,  ountains  they  will  seek  the  center  and  warmer  hole  next  to  the 
jdjlalandy.  In  hot  climates  they  will  naturally  occupy  the  ventilated 
‘jjnotole.  Another  feature  of  the  cage  is,  that  the  holes  are  so 
jjjiliinall  that  the  concussions  through  the  mails  do  not  jostle  the 
jjtjiiioes  about  so  much.  Each,  5c;  per  10,  40c. 
pin  I* 

Ion# 

West’s  Queen-Cell  Protector. 


These  are  to  prevent  bees  from  gnawing  into  and  tearing 
wn  cells  given  them  at  certain  times  of  the  year.  When  a 
s^oiee  cell  with  one  of  these  is  placed  in  the  hive,  it  can 
TjttrSlidily  be  picked  out  from  others  that  may  have  started  up 
.^C^e  where  in  the  hive.  With  them  the  apiary  can  be  requeened 
, . pring  the  swarming  season  at  very  little  expense;  and  this, 
a certain  extent,  will  control  swarming.  Complete  directions 
use  accompany  each  lot  of  cages.  We  also  furnish  spiral 
I (jjll^es,  to  be  slipped  over  these  cell  protectors,  as  shown  in  the 
; at  the  right.  These  are  designed  to  hold  the  virgin  queen, 
' . ...er  she  hatches,  till  she  can  be  disposed  of.  Each,  10c; 
10,  80c. 


This  is  designed  to  be  placed  inside  of  a super,  or  in  the 
upper  story  on  top  of  the  brood-frames.  It  has  two  compart- 
ments for  syrup.  The  passageway  to  the  bees  is  directly  over 
the  center  of  the  brood-nest,  at  a point  where  there  is  the  great- 
est warmth,  and  this  makes  it  possible  for  bees  to  take  down 
the  syrup  on  cold  freezing  days,  when  the  apiarist  has  been  so 
negligent  as  to  leave  this  operation  for  the  last  thing.  Strips  of 
wire  cloth  are  nailed  to  bottom  edges  of  the  two  outside  boards 
forming  bee-passages,  so  that  it  is  impossible  for  the  bees  to 
get  into  the  syrup  and  get  drowned,  and  yet  they  are  enabled  to 
take  out  the  last  drop.  To  feed,  simply  raise  the  cover;  and  if 
the  colony  needs  10  pounds  of  syrup  fill  one  compartment  about 
two-thirds  full.  If  it  needs  20  pounds,  fill  both  compartments, 
nearly  full.  The  amount  of  stores  can  be  quite  accurately 
gauged  on  the  same  plan,  pro  rata.  This  measures  Il%xl8x4% 
inches  outside,  and  will  go  inside  of  an  eight-frame  dovetailed" 
super  or  any  of  the  hives  we  sell. 

Complete  directions  for  nailing  these  feeders  and  preparing, 
them  so  they  will  not  leak  are  sent  with  each  lot  in  flat.  Each^ 
30c;  per  10,  $2.50. 


Price  List  of  Shipping  Cases. 


In  FI 

at. 

Size. 

Each 

1 

10 

100 

48-lb  double-tier  shipping-case  

25 

16 

$1  60 
1 40 

$14  0(1 
12  Od 
9 50 

24-lt)  single-tier  shipping-case  

20 

14 

12-Ib  two-row  shipping-case  

15 

12 

1 00 

Glass  extra  in  flat. 
43 


BEE  SUPPLIES — Continued 


Clark’s  Cold-Blast  Smoker. 


The  Clark  cold-blast  smoker  has  probably  exceeded  the  sales 

of  all  others  put  to- 
gether, the  annual 
number  sold  amount- 
ing to  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  thousand.  Be- 
sides being  cheap  In 
price  it  is  well  made, 
of  good  size,  reliable 
and  serviceable.  It  is 
a breech-loader,  and 
therefore  is  easily  re- 
plenished by  simply  re- 
volving the  sliding- 
door — no  hot  cone  to 
replace  and  no  burning 
of  fingers.  It  is  easily 
lighted  with  a match, 
and  when  once  well 
agoing  it  will  not  go 
out. 


Price  List  of  Clark's  Cold-Blast  Smoker. 

One  to  four  smokers,  50c  each;  by  mail,  70c. 
Prices  of  larger  quantities  on  application. 


Coggshall’s  Bee-Brush. 


This  is  a sort  of  whisk-broom  especially  adapted  and  made 
for  brushing  bees.  The 
strands  are  thinned  out,  and 
S=-  longer,  so  as  to  give  a soft 
5 pliable  sweep  to  the  combs 
5 For  the  wholesale  brushing 
5?  of  bees  off  combs  in  extract- 
ing. we  do  not  hesitate  to  pro 
nounce  this  the  best.  Price 
15c;  postage,  6c  extra. 


Hives. — Size  of  Hives. 


Before  describing  our  hives  a few  words  regarding  sizes  may 
not  be  amiss.  In  the  first  place,  the  Langstroth  frame,  9%  inches 

deep  by  17%  long, 
has  been,  by  com- 
mon consent,  accept- 
ed as  the  standard 
for  the  United  States, 
Canada,  West  Indies, 
Mexico,  Australia  and 
New  Zealand,  insofar 
as  there  is  any  ac- 
cepted standard  at 
all.  This  size  of 
frame,  aside  from  the 
fact  that  it  is  stand- 
ard, has  some  decided 
points  of  merit.  It 
tiers  up  well;  being 
shallow,  it  is  easily  withdrawn  from  the  brood-nest,  and  hence  is 
more  easily  handled  than  a deep  frame;  it  brings  the  brood  close 
up  to  the  surplus,  and  gives  a large  surface  for  it;  and,  what  is  of 
considerable  importance,  it  uses  to  tne  best  advantage  a standard 
width  of  barn-boards  for  the  construction  of  the  hive  to  contain 
them.  A deep  frame,  on  the  contrary,  requires  wider  lumber. 
The  size  of  the  frame,  then,  regulates  the  length  and  depth  of  the 
hive,  but  not  its  width.  A Langstroth  hive  never  contains  less 
than  eight  frames  nor  more  than  twelve.  The  eight-frame  size 
seems  to  be  by  all  odds  the  leader,  by  ten  to  one,  of  all  the  rest  put 
together;  for,  indeed,  it  seems  to  be  the  best  adapted  for  the  most 
of  the  localities.  The  eight-frame  size  is  just  large  enough  for 
the  requirements  of  the  average  queen;  and  if  she  fills  up  the 
brood-nest,  the  surplus  will  be  crowded  just  where  we  want  it — 
in  the  supers. 

While  we  make  both  the  ten  and  twelve-frame  Dovetailed 
hives,  and  recognize  that  there  is  a legitimate  demand  for  them 
in  some  localities,  we  strongly  urge  the  beginner,  and  others  who 

44 


have  not  decided  this  question  for  themselves,  to  adopt  the  stand- 
ard eight-frame  size.  It  will  probably  be  best  adapted  for  your 
locality  as  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  them. 

The  particular  feature  of  this  hive,  and  hence  its  name,  and 
the  one  which  has  made  it  rise  so  rapidly  into  popularity,  is  the 
dovetailed — or,  more  properly  speaking,  the  lock  corner.  Unlike 
the  old-fashioned  lap,  miter,  or  halving  plan,  it  will  not  gap  or 
pull  loose,  but  will  successfully  resist  all  climates,  and  even  a 
California  sun.  Our  Dovetailed  hives  are  easily  put  together,  and 
when  properly  nailed  they  have  five  times  the  strength  of  the  old- 
fashioned  hive  bodies  depending  merely  on  the  strength  of  the 
nails;  hence,  when  once  put  together  square,  they  will  stay  so. 
All  our  dovetailing  is  done  on  special  automatic  machinery  that 
makes  smooth,  accurate,  polished,  square  cuts. 

Descriptive  List  of  Dovetailed  Hives 

No.  1 Dovetailed  hive,  8-frame,  complete,  a 1%-story  hive  for 
comb  honey,  as  shown,  includes  bottom-board  and  cover;  a body 
with  eight  improved  Hoffman  thick-top  frames  and  plain  division- 
board;  one  super  with  a follower  and  wedge;  six  section-holders 
with  slotted  separators,  sections,  and  foundation  starters. 

No.  IE  is  the  same  hive  leaving  out  sections  and  starters; 
everything  else  mentioned  is  included. 

No.  2 Dovetailed  hive,  8-frame,  complete,  includes  a bottom 
and  cover,  a body  with  eight  Hoffman  thick-top  frames,  division- 
board,  two  supers  with  followers  and  wedges,  twelve  section-hold- 
ers, with  sections,  separators,  and  foundation  starters,  making  a 
2-story  hive  for  comb  honey,  as  shown. 

No.  2E  is  No.  2,  with  sections  and  starters  omitted. 

No.  5 Dovetailed  hive,  8-frame,  complete,  is  a 2-story  hive  for 
extractor,  and  includes  bottom  and  cover,  two  bodies  with  sixteen 
Hoffman  frames  and  two  division-boards;  foundation  starters  for 
frames,  and  No.  13  zinc  honey-board,  as  shown. 

No.  5E  is  the  same  as  No.  5,  with  starters  and  honey-board 
omitted. 


Dovetailed  Hives  at  Root’s  Prices. 

Order  by  number  and  carry  out  the  price. 


Number  and  Name. 

Nailed 

each. 

In 

flat. 

1 

10 

Weight 
of  10. 

No.  1 Dovetailed  hive,  complete 

No.  IE  Dovetailed  hive,  empty 

No.  2 Dovetailed  hive,  complete 

No.  2E  Dovetailed  hive,  empty 

No.  5 Dovetailed  hive,  complete 

No.  5E  Dovetailed  hive,  empty 

$1  70 

1 40 

2 30 
1 80 
2 00 
1 65 

$1  30 
1 10 
1 70 
1 35 
1 50 
1 25 

$12  00 
10  00 
16  00 
12  50 
14  00 
11  50 

290  lbs. 
270  lbs. 
370  lbs. 
330  lbs. 
330  lbs. 
320  lbs. 

Write  for  prices  on  larger  quantities. 

Five  hives  furnished  at  the  same  rate  as  ten. 

* 

Any  of  above  hives  furnished  with  frames  pierced,  and  wire 
included  without  extra  charge  if  so  ordered.  If  wanted,  add  P.  W. 
to  the  number  in  ordering. 

Honey-boards  may  be  added  at  price  in  table  of  honey-boards. 
Hives  furnished  with  gable  covers,  instead  of  flat  cover,  same 
price  if  so  ordered.  If  wanted,  add  G.  to  the  number  in  ordering. 


Western  Hives. 

We  have  them.  They  are  made  from  best  Oregon  pine,  and  are 
the  best  cheap  hives  on  the  market.  Note  the  prices. 


Each, 

Each, 

Nailed. 

in  flats. 

10. 

No. 

1,  8-frame 

$1  40 

$1  20 

$11  00 

No. 

IE.  8-frame  

1 10 

1 95 

8 75 

No. 

2,  8-frame  

1 75 

1 50 

14  00 

No. 

2E,  8-frame 

1 40 

1 20 

11  00 

Ten-Frame  Dovetailed  Hives. 

We  will  make  the  Dovetailed  hive  10-frame  instead  of  8-frame, 
in  any  of  the  above  numbers,  as  follows: 

In  flat,  25c  extra. 


BEE  SUPPLIES — Continued 


Perforated  Zinc. 

This  is  used  be- 
tween the  upper  and 
lower  stories,  to  pre- 
vent the  queen  from 
going  above.  It  is 
also  used  in  entrance 
guards,  for  queen 
and  drone  traps,  etc. 

The  size  of  the  per- 
forations in  our 
make  of  zinc  is 

17-100.  This  is  found  to  effectually  stop  all  queens  and  drones 
from  passing  through,  but  allows  the  workers  to  pass  easily  with- 
out hindrance. 

Price  List  of  Perforated  Zinc. 


Zinc  strips,  1 row  holes,  %xl8  to  19%  inches,  per  100 $1.00 

Perforated  zinc  sheets,  28x96  inches,  each 1.40 


Less  than  a sheet  of  zinc,  10c  per  foot.  By  mail,  10c  per  foot 
extra.  Zinc  strips  may  be  sent  by  mail  for  lc  each  postage. 


until  the  apiarist  can  give  her  his  attention.  As  she  cannot  get 
away,  the  bees  will  in  all  likelihood  return  into  the  hive.  Or,  if 
you  happen  to  be  on  hand  when  the  swarm  comes  out,  the  trap 
with  the  queen  can  be  placed  among  the  flying  bees.  The  latter 
will  probably  cluster  about  the  queen,  and  they  may  then  be 
hived.  Price,  55c  each;  $4.50  per  10. 


Daisy  Foundation  Fastener. 

Price,  with  lamp,  $1.00;  without  lamp,  75c;  weight  without 
lamp,  5 lbs. 

This  is  the  best  for  putting  starters  into  sections.  Nothing 
could  be  more  simple,  or  more  easily  operated  than  this  machine; 
and  we  are  sure  it  will  put  starters  in  better  and  faster  than  any 
machine  before  produced.  With  this  a boy  or  girl  will  put  start- 
ers in  about  500  sections  per  hour,  and  do  it  nicer  than  any  of 
the  presser  machines  we  formerly  sold.  Complete  directions 
accompany  each  machine. 


Honey-Knives. 


Honey-Boards. 


Their  chief  use  is 
for  confining  the 
queen  in  the  brood- 
chamber,  and  we 
have  had  many  tes- 
timonials from  large 
bee-keepers  of  their 
value  for  this  pur- 
pose, particularly  for 
extracting. 


This  is  by  no  means 
equal  to  the  Bingham  or 
Abbott  for  uncapping 

alone,  but  useful  for  other 
purposes,  such  as  scrap- 
ing propolis  off  bottom  ....  „ ,,  .. 

boards,  covers,  etc.,  for  The  Novice  Honey-Kmfe. 

transferring  and  cutting  chunk  honey  generally.  It  has  a thin 
blade,  with  a keen  edge,  beautifully  finished.  The  Quinby  is  the 
same  knife,  with  the  point  curved.  Each,  85c;  postage  5c. 


Abbott  Uncapping-Knife. 


Price  List  of  Honey-Boards. 

Order  by  number  and  name,  and  carry  out  the  price. 

No.  11,  8-frame  unbound  zinc,  12x19%,  20c  each;  price  of  10, 
$1.50;  weight  of  10,  8 lbs. 

No.  2 Simp,  wood-bound  zinc,  14%xl9%,  25c  each;  price  of  10, 
$2.00;  weight  of  10,  10  lbs. 

Price,  10  for  25c;  per  100,  $2.00. 


This  style  of  knife  is 
altogether  the  best  for  un- 
capping. It  is  now  made 
of  the  best  American  steel, 
and  an  exact  copy  of  Bing- 
ham’s, except  the  holes.  We  send  this  knife  when  order  does 
not  specify  which  kind  is  wanted,  because  we  consider  it  the  best. 
Each,  85c;  postage  5c. 


Porter  Bee-Escape. 

Price,  escapes  only,  20c 
each;  $2.25  per  doz.,  post- 
age paid.  We  furnish  these 
to  dealers  at  manufactur- 
ers’ prices. 

Board  complete  for  Dove- 
tailed hive,  35c  each. 

It  is  almost  superfluous 
to  say  anything  in  favor  of 
this  most  excellent  device.  No  well-regulated  apiary  can  be  com- 
plete without  at  least  a few  bee-escapes,  and  the  Porter  seems  to 
be  the  best. 


Bee-Entrance  Guards. 


Price,  by  mail,  10c 
; 10  for  60c. 

These  are  placed  in 
front  of  the  entrances 
various  purposes, 
may  be  used  in 
time  to  pre- 
the  queen  from  go- 
out,  or  on  the  hives 
drones  are  not 
as  you  want  to 
from  at  a time 


when  you  are  rearing  queens. 


Alley’s  Queen  and  Drone  Trap. 


Daisy  Foundation-Roller. 

Price  15c;  by  mail,  18c. 

All  that  is  necessary  is  to  lay  the  sheet  on  the  wires,  dip  the 
roller  into  water  to  prevent  the  wax  from  sticking,  and  pass  it 
along  the  edge  of  the  foundation.  The  first  time  over  the  press- 
ure should  be  light,  and  increased  until  the  edge  is  firmly  pressed 
into  the  wood. 


Price  List  of  4%-lnch  Sections. 


White,  any  width,  price  of  1000,  $3.90;  3000,  $11.25. 
Cream,  1%  and  1 15-16,  price  of  1000,  $3.75;  3000,  $9.85. 


It  is  designed  to  automatically  catch  and  cage  the  drones  in 
an  apartment  by  themselves.  They  can  then  be  carried  to  another 
apiary,  or  be  destroyed,  as  circumstances  require.  The  trap  will 
also  catch  the  queen  when  a swarm  issues,  and  hold  her  confined 


White,  50c  per  100,  or  500  for  $2.15. 

Cream,  45c  per  100,  or  500  for  $2.00.  >' 

Write  for  special  prices  on  large  quantities. 

45 


BEE  SUPPLIES — Continued 


Spur  Wire-lmbedder. 


Price  15c;  by  mail,  18c. 

This  is  a little  tool  like  a tracing  wheel,  with  the  teeth  set  in 
such  a way  as  to  straddle  the  wire  while  it  is  in  the  act  of  im- 
bedding. It  is  the  best  tool  we  have  ever  tried  for  the  purpose. 


jar  the  latter  off  the  limb,  and  close  the  lid  by  raking  it  against 
a lower  limb,  so  as  to  thrown  it  over  on  top.  Half  or  two-thirds 
of  the  bees  will  be  in  the  basket.  Adjust  the  legs  of  tripod  so 
that  the  basket  will  be  suspended  in  the  air,  where  the  bees  are 
flying  the  thickest.  They,  attracted  by  the  bees  inside,  will 
cluster  on  the  outside  of  the  basket.  While  the  bees  are  clus- 
tering, prepare  the  hive,  if  you  have  not  already  done  so.  This 
done,  go  back  to  the  catcher,  which  you  will  find  has  caught  all 
the  bees.  Very  gently  lift  up  the  two  front  legs  of  the  tripod, 
fold  them  against  the  main  bar,  and  then  carry  the  whole  to 
the  empty  hive;  invert  the  basket  and  dump.  Close  the  hive, 
and  the  hiving  is  done.  This  device  will  reach  a swarm  twenty 
feet  from  the  ground;  it  is  light  and  easily  handled.  After  the 
bees  are  once  in  the  basket  they  cannot  escape,  and  the  prison- 
ers will  draw  the  others.  The  great  feature  of  the  device  is 
that  it  will  stand  alone,  and  hold  the  basket  where  the  bees  are 
flying  the  thickest,  without  any  one  holding  it,  while  the  apiar- 
ist in  the  meantime  is  preparing  a hive  elsewhere. 


Comb  Foundation. 


All  our  comb  foundation  is  made  from  pure  bright  yellow 
beeswax.  The  lightest-colored  is  selected  for  thin  foundation 
for  sections,  and  the  rest  is  made  into  comb  foundation  for  the 
brood  chamber. 


Table  of  Prices  of  Comb  Foundation. 

When  you  order,  be  sure  to  tell  which  weight  you  want,  and 
give  price. 

Small  samples  of  each  kind  will  be  mailed  free.  We  guar- 
antee foundation  furnished  fully  equal  to  samples  in  every  re- 
Bpect.  Send  for  samples  and  compare  with  other  makes,  and 
see  if  ours  is  not  fully  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  any  other  on  the 
market. 


Price  per  lb,  in 
lots  not  less  than : 

Name  of  Grade — 

Sq.  ft.  per  lb. 

1 lb. 

10  lbs.  25  lbs. 

Heavy  brood  foundation  

4 to  5 

$0.47 

$0.46 

$0.45 

Medium  brood  foundation  

5 to  6 

.47 

.46 

.45 

Light  brood  foundation  

7 to  8 

.60 

.49 

.48 

Thin  surplus  foundation  

10 

.57 

.56 

.55 

Extra  thin  surplus  foundation. 

. . . . 11  to  12 

.62 

.61 

.60 

For  100  lbs  or  over,  write  for  wholesale  price. 

Foundation  packed  for  mailing  requires  25c  per  lb  postage. 
Not  less  than  1 lb  of  brood  foundation,  L size,  can  be  packed 
Bafely  for  mailing,  nor  less  than  3 lbs  of  larger  sizes.  Brood 
foundation  is  made  in  one  regular  size,  7%xl6%. 

Thin  and  extra  thin  surplus  is  in  sheets  one  regular  width, 
3%  inches,  and  15%,  16%,  or  19%  inches  long. 


Price  List  of  Rubber  Gloves. 

Ladies’  sizes,  Nos.  6,  7,  8 and  9 $1.35 ; postage  5c 

Gents’  sizes,  Nos.  10,  11  and  12 1.45;  postage  5c 

Extra  long  driving,  Nos.  13  and  14 1.70;  postage  10c 

Mark  size  of  hand  on  sheet  of  paper  when  ordering. 

If  you  order  by  number,  remember  that  In  rubber  you  need 
two  sizes  larger  than  you  wear  in  kid;  i.  e.,  if  you  wear  No.  6 in 
kid,  you  will  need  No.  8 rubber. 


Manum's  Swarm-Catcher. 

Price,  with  pole,  $1.25;  without  pole,  $1.00. 

We  have  tested  and  examined  many  swarm-catchers,  but 
have  never  found  anything  that  would  begin  to  compare  with 
the  Manum.  It  is  simply  a wire-cloth  basket  with  a lid  to  close 
it.  To  hive  a swarm  whose  queen  is  at  large  with  the  bees, 
open  the  basket,  as  shown;  push  It  up  around  the  cluster  of  bees. 

46 


Honey  Extractors. 


Showing  the  Relative  Sizes. 

The  above  cut  will  show,  better  than  anything  we  can  say, 
the  relative  sizes  of  the  three  machines  we  build  for  Langstroth 
frames.  They  weigh  respectively  25,  45  and  117  lbs,  uncrated, 
and  the  diameter  of  the  cans  are,  respectively,  17,  20  and  28 
inches. 


Price  List  of  Extractors. 


No.  16,  Cowan  Reversible,  2 frame  $12.00 

No.  18,  Cowan  Reversible,  2 frame  15.00 

No.  25,  Cowan  Reversible,  4 frame  23.00 


Bee  Veils. 


Our  veils  each  contain  1%  yards 
of  the  best  material  for  the  purpose. 
They  are  well  made,  with  rubber 
cord  in  the  top  to  fit  around  the  hat, 
and  the  lower  edge  is  bound  with 
blue  ribbon  to  prevent  fraying. 


No.  2,  cotton,  with  silk  face,  50c. 


Tinned  Wire. 


No.  30  tinned  wire 
seems  to  be  the  most 
suitable  of  any  for  wiring 
frames.  We  keep  it  in 
stock  of  the  following 
sizes; 


Sizes  furnished — 
li-oz  spools  No.  30  tinned  wire 
V|-lb  spools  No.  30  tinned  wire 
%-lb  spools  No.  30  tinned  wire 
1-Ib  spools  No.  30  tinned  wire 
5-lb  coils  No.  30  tinned  wire  . 


Postage. 


Each. 

Dozen. 

Each. 

$0.03 

$0.30 

$0.02 

.12 

1.20 

.06 

.20 

2.10 

.10 

.30 

3.30 

.18 

1.00 

SPRAY  PUMPS  AND  MATERIALS 


For  Spraying  Trees  and  Shrubbery,  Painting,  Whitewashing,  etc. 


The  subject  of  spraying  fruit  trees  and  small  fruits  has  been  so  thoroughly  discussed  and  written  up  in  all 
its  details  and  different  phases  in  fruit  growing  periodicals  and  agricultural  journals,  coupled  with  the  fact  that 
every  fruit  growing  state  has  its  own  Experimetal  Station,  Agricultural  Society  or  College  from  which  documents 
and  bulletins  are  issued  free  to  its  residents  on  application,  giving  resluts  of  its  experiments,  different  formulas 
for  all  kinds  of  insects  and  trees,  in  the  most  approved  and  scientific  manner,  containing  complete  information, 
describing  the  different  insects,  the  formula  to  use,  and  how  and  when  to  apply  it,  thus  establishing  the  fact 
that  spraying  does  pay,  and  is  necessary  to  insure  crops.  On  application  we  give  some  valuable  tables  telling 
How  and  When  to  spray. 


The  spray  pump  shown  in  Fig-.  639  is  constructed  entirely  of  brass,  a material  that  is  not  affected  by  the 
poisonous  arsenites  used  in  different  formulas  for  spraying  fruit  trees,  vines  and  shrubbery.  They  are  so 
arranged  that  the  labor  of  pumping  is  all  done  on  the  downward  stroke  of  the  piston  and  nothing  on  the  up. 
The  effect  of  this  operation  while  pumping  is  to  hold  the  pump  down.  The  foot  rest  steadies  the  pump, 
holding  it  in  proper  position. 

They  are  provided  with  a large  air  chamber,  and  have  ball  valves ; the  pressure  is  held  uniformly  in  the 
air  chamber  and  on  the  hose,  so  that  the  nozzle  throws  a continuous  spray,  and  is  not  affected  by  the  movement 
of  the  plunger.  The  operator  is  enabled  to  keep  a constant  pressure  on  the  nozzle  of  from  50  to  100  lbs.  with 
very  ordinary  exertion.  Will  throw  a solid  stream  50  feet,  and  are  of  unusual  value  for  washing  windows  and 
buggies,  extinguishing  fires,  sprinkling  lawns,  flowers,  etc.  For  spraying  are  arranged  so  as  to  discharge  a 
fine  jet  in  the  bottom  of  the  bucket  to  keep  the  solution  thoroughly  mixed  and  agitated,  a feature  peculiar  to 
these  pumps  only,  and  a very  necessary  feature  to  a spray  pump.  The  pumps  are  also  provided  with  a 
sprinkler  for  flowers.  Price,  $3.50.  With  8 ft  iron  extension  pipe,  $3.75. 

No.  601.  Is  the  same  as  639  without  the  foot  rest;  having  a clamp  that  fastens  it  to  the  side  of  a pail  or 
whatever  vessel  contains  the  liquid.  Price  $3.00.  With  8 ft  extension  pipe,  $3.50. 


EXTENSION  PIPE 

This  article  seems  to  be  so  generally  misunderstood  that  we  wish  to  call  particular  attention  to  it.  A great  many  bucket  pumps 
have  been  condemned  for  the  reason  that  dealers  do  not  insist  on  their  customers  buying  a pipe  extension.  You  will  readily  understand 
that  a fine  mist  spray  cannot  be  thrown  over  12  to  15  feet,  and  it  is  positively  necessary  that  an  8 foot  pipe  extension  be  used  with  each 
dump.  By  this  means  the  water  is  carried  solid  to  a distance  of  10  feet  and  sprayed  from  that  point,  which  enables  the  user  to  reach 
the  highest  tree.  Price,  8 ft  pipe,  75c.  With  stopcock,  $1.25. 

All  nozzles  fit  our  pipe  extension  and  pumps. 

If  Vermorel  or  Bordeaux  nozzles  are  wanted  with  any  of  our  pumps,  add  50c  to  the  price  listed. 


A SPRAY  PUMP  FOR  $1.25 


The  Faultless  Sprayer,  made  of  brass,  throws  a spray  as  fine  as  mist,  kills,  drives  away  and  exterminates  every  living  thing 
obnoxious  to  yourself,  your  animals  or  your  crops.  Is  adapted  for  the  destroying  of  every  kind  of  insect.  One-half  teaspoonful  of 
Paris  green  and  once  filling  with  water  is  sufficient  to  destroy  all  the  hugs  on  1300  hills  of  potatoes. 

The  Faultless  Sprayer  is  absolutely  the  best  constructed  spayer  of  its  class  ever  offered  to  the  trade.  For  strength  and  durability 
it  has  no  equal.  The  tapering  point  to  air  chamber  gives  great  force  to  the  spray,  carrying  it  to  the  greatest  possible  distance. 

This  tapering  tube  also  allows  the  air  chamber  to  be  fastened  to  the  tank  in  the  most  substantial  manner.  The  tube  of  air 
chamber  is  soldered  to  top  of  reservoir  and  also  supported  by  a broad  strap  of  metal  passing  over  point  of  tube.  The  point  of  air 
chamber  and  small  tube  through  which  the  liquid  passes  are  thoroughly  protected  from  damage  in  use  or  shipping.  Piston  rod  is 
spring  steel  wire  and  cup  leather  plunger.  Price,  $1.25.  Sent  to  any  address,  charges  paid,  for  25c  extra. 

47 


Fig-.  000 


DOUBLE  ACTING  BARREL  PUMPS 

The  Myers  Barrel  Spray  Pump  is  constructed  on  the  most  improved 
plan  and  in  harmony  with  the  requirements  that  have  been  developed  by  sci- 
entists in  charge  of  experiment  stations. 

It  has  our  patent  submerged  cylinder,  is  double  acting,  has  patent  expan- 
sive plunger  bucket,  large  air  chamber  to  cushion  the  spray,  is  provided  with 
two  discharge  ports  (one  on  each  side),  of  which  one  or  both  can  be  used  for 
spraying.  The  base  is  properly  shaped  to  fasten  on  the  side  or  head  of  barrel, 
has  steel  pins,  long  handle,  and  is  fitted  with  brass  upper  and  brass  lined 
lower  cylinders  with  ground  brass  check  valve  and  brass  seat.  No  rubber  or 
leather  valves.  It  is  very  powerful  and  easy  to  operate;  will  throw  an  even, 
mist  like  spray  over  any  fruit  tree,  and  will  throw  a solid  stream  60  feet  from 
the  point  of  the  nozzle.  With  the  proper  hose  and  pipe  extension  these 
pumps  are  adapted  for  use  in  vineyards,  gardens  or  orchards,  for  the  exter- 
mination of  any  kind  of  insects  that  are  injurious  either  to  the  fruit  trees, 
vines  or  foliage.  All  barrel  pumps  fitted  with  agitator  without 

ADDITIONAL  CHARGE. 

FIG.  660— PRICES  WITHOUT  BARREL 

Pump  alone,  with  suction  pipe,  strainer  and  jet  agitator $7  50 

Pump  complete,  with  suction  pipe,  strainer  and  jet  agitator,  5 ft.  V6-in. 

3-ply  hose  and  vermorel  nozzle 9 00 

Pump  complete,  with  suction  pipe,  strainer,  jet  agitator,  2 leads  of 

Vfc-in.  hose,  with  vermorel  nozzles 10  50 

If  mechanical  agitator  is  wanted  in  place  of  jet  add  $1  to  list  price. 


THE  PERFECT  BARREL  PUMP 


Pig.  655  represents  our  Perfect  Barrel  Spray  Pump,  which  is  manifestly  the  best  barrel  spray  pump  ever 
offered  to  the  trade.  It  is  constructed  on  the  well  known  principle  of  our  regular  Myers  Barrel  Spray  Pump, 
shown  and  described  on  this  page,  which  principle  is,  without  question,  the  best  that  mechanical  skill  and  ingen- 
uity can  conceive,  it  being  single  acting  in  the  suction  and  double  acting  in  the 
discharge,  i.  e.,  it  discharges  half  the  water  on  the  up  stroke  and  half  on  the 
down  stroke  of  the  handle.  It  requires  but  one-half  the  power  expended  to 
operate  the  ordinary  spray  pump. 

It  has  an  exceedingly  large  air  chamber,  which  is  very  necessary  (espe- 
cially when  two  leads  of  hose  are  used),  in  connection  with  the  mechanical 
construction  above  described,  which  enables  the  operator  to  work  this  pump 
under  pressure  with  much  less  exertion  than  is  required  with  other  large  spray 
pumps. 

Construction — The  main  body  of  the  pump  is  all  air  chamber,  excepting 
what  is  taken  up  by  the  small  tube  upper  cylinder.  The  cylinders  are  brass 
and  brass  lined,  fitted  with  patent  expanding  plunger,  and  it  has  brass  valve 
seat  and  brass  check  valve.  The  base  is  separate  and  can  be  removed.  All 
parts  can  be  removed  by  disconnecting  the  handle  and  removing  the  lower 
cylinder  cap. 

The  pump  is  fitted  with  jet  agitator  without  extra  charge.  When  fitted 
with  mechanical  agitator,  as  shown  by  Fig.  655,  an  extra  charge  of  $1  will  be 
made. 

We  recommend  the  Perfect  Barrel  Spray  Pump  as  a thoroughly  first 
class  article,  and  guarantee  it  to  give  satisfaction. 


FIG.  666— PRICES  WITHOUT  BARREL 


Pump  alone,  with  strainer  and  jet  agitator $12  00 

Pump  complete,  with  suction  pipe,  strainer,  jet  agitator,  5 ft.  %-in. 

Fig.  055  3-ply  discharge  hose,  with  vermorel  nozzle 14  00 

Same  outfit  with  two  leads  discharge  hose  and  two  nozzles 15  00 


ANY  OF  OUR  PUMPS  MOUNTED  ON  BARRELS  FOR  $1.50  EXTRA 


SPRAY  MATERIALS 


SPRAY  NOZZLES 


MYERS  GRADUATING  VERMOREL  SPRAY  NOZZLE 

Fig.  764  is  constructed  on  the 
general  plan  of  the  regular 
Yermorel  nozzle,  with  the  im- 
provement that  the  spray  can 
be  graduated  from  a fine  mist 
up  to  a solid  spray,  carrying 
the  stream  a much  greater  dis- 
tance, or  can  be  shut  off  en- 
tirely. This  is  accomplished 
by  adjusting  the  screw  plunger 
shown  in  the  sectional  view,  by 
means  of  thumb  nut.  The  de- 
gorger  is  operated  by  the  screw 
plunger  instead  of  spring. 

Nozzle  for  ^ inch  pipe.  Price,  each $1.00 

Nozzle  fitted  for  % inch  hose.  Price,  each 1.25 

BORDEAUX  SPRAY  AND  SOLID  STREAM  NOZZLE 
Use  This  Nozzle  for  Whitewashing 

This  nozzle  will  throw  a fine  fan-shaped  spray  and  will  readily 
free  itself,  should  it  become  clogged,  by  turning  the  cock  handle. 
It  will  throw  a solid  stream  or  may  be  shut  off  altogether,  as  de- 
sired. 

Price,  each $1.00 

HOP  NOZZLE 

Fig.  553  represents  a nozzle  espe- 
cially designed  for  use  in  hopyards, 
vineyards,  or  any  place  where  deli- 
cate vines  are  to  be  sprayed.  This 
nozzle,  being  arranged  with  five 
openings,  is- really  a combination  of 
five  Cyclone  Nozzles,  throwing  a 
very  broad,  fine  spray,  which  covers 
No.  553  an  entire  hop  vine  at  one  sweep,  and 

has  no  projections  that  are  liable  to 
catch  or  break  vines.  Fitted  for  J4  inch  pipe  or  % inch  male  end. 
Price,  each  $1.50 

IMPERIAL  SPRAY  NOZZLE 

An  improved  Spray  Nozzle  which  will  throw  a mist  like  spray. 
This  nozzle  is  improved  over  the  regular  Myers  nozzle  as  follows: 
The  nozzle  can  be  cleaned  by  simply  removing  the  cap. 

Price,  each  $0.50 

CYCLONE  NOZZLE 

Fig.  550  is  so  arranged  that  the  disc  or  cap 
as  shown  can  be  unscrewed  and  cleaned  at 
any  time.  They  are  fitted  to  attach  ^4  inch 
pipe  or  i/2  inch  male  end,  and  can  be  used 
with  any  of  our  pipe  extensions.  The  spray 
opening  is  at  the  side  as  per  Fig.  550,  or 
straight  away  as  per  Fig.  551. 

$0.80 

HOSE  REDUCER 

Hose  Reducer,  used  to  reduce  -hose  to  ^4  inch  pipe.  It  is  used 
to  connect  an  ordinary  hose  coupling  in  pipe  extension. 

Price,  each $0.25 

BRASS  Y CONNECTION 

Brass  Y which  is  tapped  for  ^4  inch  pipe.  It  is  also  threaded 
to  fit  any  of  our  spray  nozzles.  Two  nozzles  can  be  screwed  on 
each  of  the  branches,  making  a double  nozzle. 

Price,  each $0.50 


Always  use  a pipe  extension  and 
do  your  work  thoroughly. 
SEE  LIST  ON  PAGE  4=7 


For  the  want  of  space  we  only  list  a few  of  the  ma- 
terials used  in  spraying,  and  only  those  most  popular 
and  effective  for  all  purposes,  but  we  will  furnish  upon 
application  special  circular  on  the  subject  of  “How, 
When  and  What  to  Spray,”  containing  formulas  fur- 
nished by  the  State  Board  of  Horticulture,  for  the 
destruction  of  all  the  insects  and  fungi  affecting  our 
orchards. 

McBAIN’S  CARBOLIC  COMPOUND 

Carbolic  Acid  has  long  been  recognized  as  one  of 
the  most  essential  requisites  for  the  destruction  of  in- 
sect life. 

To  do  its  work  properly  and  effectually  it  must  be- 
held in  solution.  McBain’s  Carbolic  Compound  does 
this. 

One  to  three  applications  at  intervals  of  six  weeks- 
are  all  that  is  required,  the  winter  spraying  will  not, 
be  needed. 

To  prepare  a spray  of  McBain’s  Carbolic  Compound 
requires  neither  time  nor  labor.  No  heating  or  boiling 
of  water  is  called  for.  Dilute  forty  gallons  of  cold 
water  with  one  gallon  of  the  Compound  for  summer- 
spraying, and  twenty-five  gallons  of  water  with  one  of 
the  Compound  for  winter  use.  Assimilation  of  the  in- 
gredients is  perfect  and  instantaneous  without  agita- 
tion. No  sediment  forms  and  no  troublesome  clogging- 
of  nozzles  delays  application. 

One  gal  90c,  5 gals  $4.00. 

We  are  Agents  for... 

Dunn’s 

Solid 

Spray. 

Manufactured  according  to  the  formulas  furnished  and  recom- 
mended by  the  State  Boards  of  Horticulture  of  Oregon,  Washing- 
ton and  Idaho.  Special  circular  and  prices  furnished  upon  ap- 
plication. Thousands  are  using  it  with  the  best  possible  results 
in  every  fruit  growing  section  in  the  Northwest  and  California,  for 
scale,  aphis,  moth  and  all  insects  and  diseases  affecting  the  or- 
chards. 

49 


No.  550 


Not  a Novelty 

J-  e* 

ALTHOUGH  of  recent  introduction, 

•*-  it  has  been  thoroughly  tested, 
and  has  proved  to  be  one  of  the  earli- 
est, sweetest,  most  tender  and  beauti- 
ful sweet  corn  ever  produced.  For 
market  gardeners  it  is  unexcelled,  as 
it  is  a rapid  seller  and  always  brings 
the  best  price. 

OUR  seed  is  carefully  selected  from 
the  best  cNforthern  Grown  strain. 

^ 


Our  New  Snowball 

Cauliflower 


is  the  best  strain  of 
* ‘Snow-ball”  Cauliflower 
we  have  ever  offered.  North- 
ern grown,  from  imported  seed . 
Matures  earlier  and  more  uni- 
formly than  any  other  stock 
sold. 

* j* 


60 




Three  Excellent  Cabbages 


First  in  Head! 

First  in  Market ! 
First  in  the 
Hearts  of  Gardeners ! 

Tilt  WASHINGTON  WAKEFIELD 

Cabbage  needs  but  little  introduction  this  season,  but  we  think  this  is  the  surest 
heading  early  and  purest  strain  ever  offered. 

TRUE  HOLLANDER 


This  is  also  a well-known  variety  which  undoubtedly  stands  at  the  head  of  winter  Cab- 
bages for  uniformity  and  solidity  of  head.  Average  weight  8 lbs.  per  head.  None  better  for 
kraut. 


™§  HARVEST 
HOME... 

is  one  of  later  production,  of  most  excellent  qual- 
ity. Forms  very  large  solid  heads,  with  few  outer 
leaves.  It  does  not  crack,  and  keeps  better  than 
any  of  the  large-headed- variety. 


51 


ik 

OF 

df  d5 

COLLECTIONS 

VEGETABLE  SEEDS 


These  Collections  will  Not  be  Broken,  Nor 
the  Assortment  Changed. 


This  collection  of  10  pack- 
ages of  tlie  standard  vegeta- 
bles will  encourage  the  boys 
to  undertake  a little  gardening.  No  better  or 
more  profitable  employment  can  be  found  for 
them. 

The  packages  are  all  full  size  and  contain 
the  best  new  crop  of  seeds. 

The  varieties  are  as  follows: 


Beet 

Cabbage 
Cucumber 
Lettuce 
Musk  Melon 


Water  Melon 

Onion 

Radish 

Spinach 

Tomato 


Sent  postpaid  to  any  address. 

No  change  in  varieties  will  be  made. 


This  most  liberal  offer  will 
supply  a small  family  with 
vegetables  all  summer,  if 
properly  handled.  The  collection  consists  of 
one  package  each  of  the  following  18  varieties: 


Beet 

Cabbage,  early 
Cabbage,  late 
Celery 
Carrot 
Cucumber 
Lettuce 
Musk  Melon 
Water  Melon 

Do  not  ask  for  any  change. 


Onion,  yellow 
Onion,  white 
Parsnip 
Radish,  round 
Radish,  long 
Spinach 
Squash,  early 
Tomato 
Turnip 


This  collection  is  unequal- 
ed. The  25  packages  offered 
here  for  75c  will  cost  you 
$1.25  anywhere  else,  but  we  make  these  offers 
to  encourage  home  gardening. 


Asparagus 

Beet 

Cabbage,  early 
Cabbage,  late 
Celery 
Carrot 

Cucumber,  early 
Cucumber,  late 
Corn  Salad 
Cress,  or  pepper  grass 
Lettuce 

Musk  Melon,  early 


Musk  Melon,  late 
Water  Melon,  early 
Water  Melon,  late 
Onion,  yellow 
Onion,  white 
Parsnip 
Radish,  round 
Radish,  long 
Spinach 
Squash 
Tomato 
T urnip 


Ruta  Baga 

Delivered  free  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  price. 


$1.00 


The  Prize  Collection. 
The  most  liberal  offer 
ever  made,  consisting 
of  30  packages  of  the 
best  and  earliest  vegetables.  Postpaid  for  $1. 


Beet,  select  early  sort 
Beet,  Improved  Long  Smooth 
Blood 

Beans,  Rust  Proof 
Cabbage,  Standard  Early 
Cabbage,  Mammoth  Late  Bridge- 
port Drumhead 
Carrot,  Best  Long  Variety 
Cauliflower,  Early  Favorite 
Celery,  Improved  Golden  Heart 
Corn,  Sweet,  Best  Early  Variety 
Cress,  Fine  Curled  or  Pepper  Grass 
Cucumber,  Fine  Table  Variety 
Cucumber,  Early  Cluster 

Lettuce,  Best  Head  or  Cabbage  Vari- 
ety 

Melon,  Musk,  True  Osage 
Melon,  Water,  Fine  Table  Variety 


Onion,  Danvers 

Onion,  Fine  Pickling  and  Table 
Variety 

Parsnip,  Long  Sugar 
Parsley,  Curled 
Peas,  Earliest  Variety 
Pepper,  Mountain  Sweet 
Radish,  Best  Turnip  Variety 
Radish,  Lady  Finger 
8age 

Spinach,  New  Round  Leaf 

Squash  Select  Winter  and  Fall 
Variety 

8quash,  New  Crookneck 
Turnip,  Purple  Top 
Turnip,  Ruta  Baga 
Tomato,  Fine  Red  Variety 


PINGREE 


EARLY 

OHIO 


TRIUMPH 

BOVEE 


SIR 

WALTER 

RALEIGH 


RURAL 
NEW 
YORKER 
No.  2 


BURPEE’S 

EXTRA 

EARLY 


UNCLE 

SAM 


EARLY 

ROSE 


BURBANKS 


GARNET 

CHILLI 


FAVORITES 


We  Guarantee  Choice  Seed  Stock  at  the  Lowest  Prices. 


Our  stock  is  all  grown  from  the  most  select  strain. 


See  Page  30 


4*  Our  Own  cBrandL  4 

The  Result  of  Years  of  Experience 
iin  the  Feed  Business  ^ ^ ^ 


Scientifically  pre- 
pared from  care- 
fully selected 
grains^=^7 

Put  up  in 
901b. 


Write  for  Prices 


Our  Sales  of  this  Feed  have  increased 
from  iooo  to  5000  tons  annually  for  the 
past  five  years. 

64 

f 

The  Best  bone  and 
muscle  producing 
Feed  that  can  be 
put  up. 


*»  GRADUvS  * 


* 

DELICIOUS 

ELAVOR 

ir 

LARGE 

SIZE 


The  Grradus  Pea,  sold  under  various  names,  is  undoubtedly  the  most  delicious  of  the 
recent  productions.  It  is  a large  pea,  slightly  wrinkled,  and  almost  as  early  as  the 
Extra  Early  Alaska,  First  and  Best,  and  other  well-known  early  varieties,  all  of  which 
are  small  round  peas,  bearing  only  from  5 to  9 peas  in  each  pod,  while  the  Gradus  pods 
contain  from  7 to  10. 

It  excels  all  others  in  Earliness,  Flavor, 

Size  of  Pods  and  Peas,  and  Productiveness 

Large  packet,  10c;  half  pound,  15c;  one  pound,  20c;  seven  pound  for  $1 


The  Only  Onion  Australian  Growers  Will  Plant 


Keeps  Longer 
Sells  Easier 
and  tor 
More 
Money 
Than 

Any  Other 
Variety 
Grown 


THE  SEED  WE  OFFER  IS  AMERICAN  GROWN  FROM  THE  ORIGINAL  IMPORTATION 


Do  Not  Fail  to  Try  It.  You  Will  Get  the  Best  Price 


Racket,  lOc;  ounce,  20c;  quarter  pound,  50c;  one  pound,  $1.75 


Metropolitan  Printing  & Minding  Co..  307-11  Second  Ave.  South,  Seattle,  Wash.